mirror of
https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject.git
synced 2025-01-13 22:30:37 +08:00
AnDJ
GitHub
commit
434194ac12
@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (leommxj)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
|
||||
[#]: publisher: (wxy)
|
||||
[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-10592-1.html)
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How ASLR protects Linux systems from buffer overflow attacks)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3331199/linux/what-does-aslr-do-for-linux.html)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
|
||||
|
||||
ASLR 是如何保护 Linux 系统免受缓冲区溢出攻击的
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
> 地址空间随机化（ASLR）是一种内存攻击缓解技术，可以用于 Linux 和 Windows 系统。了解一下如何运行它、启用/禁用它，以及它是如何工作的。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<ruby>地址空间随机化<rt>Address Space Layout Randomization</rt></ruby>（ASLR）是一种操作系统用来抵御缓冲区溢出攻击的内存保护机制。这种技术使得系统上运行的进程的内存地址无法被预测，使得与这些进程有关的漏洞变得更加难以利用。
|
||||
|
||||
ASLR 目前在 Linux、Windows 以及 MacOS 系统上都有使用。其最早出现在 2005 的 Linux 系统上。2007 年，这项技术被 Windows 和 MacOS 部署使用。尽管 ASLR 在各个系统上都提供相同的功能，却有着不同的实现。
|
||||
|
||||
ASLR 的有效性依赖于整个地址空间布局是否对于攻击者保持未知。此外，只有编译时作为<ruby>位置无关可执行文件<rt>Position Independent Executable</rt></ruby>（PIE）的可执行程序才能得到 ASLR 技术的最大保护，因为只有这样，可执行文件的所有代码节区才会被加载在随机地址。PIE 机器码不管绝对地址是多少都可以正确执行。
|
||||
|
||||
### ASLR 的局限性
|
||||
|
||||
尽管 ASLR 使得对系统漏洞的利用更加困难了，但其保护系统的能力是有限的。理解关于 ASLR 的以下几点是很重要的：
|
||||
|
||||
* 它不能*解决*漏洞，而是增加利用漏洞的难度
|
||||
* 并不追踪或报告漏洞
|
||||
* 不能对编译时没有开启 ASLR 支持的二进制文件提供保护
|
||||
* 不能避免被绕过
|
||||
|
||||
### ASLR 是如何工作的
|
||||
|
||||
通过对攻击者在进行缓冲区溢出攻击时所要用到的内存布局中的偏移做了随机化，ASLR 加大了攻击成功的难度，从而增强了系统的控制流完整性。
|
||||
|
||||
通常认为 ASLR 在 64 位系统上效果更好，因为 64 位系统提供了更大的熵（可随机的地址范围）。
|
||||
|
||||
### ASLR 是否正在你的 Linux 系统上运行？
|
||||
|
||||
下面展示的两条命令都可以告诉你的系统是否启用了 ASLR 功能：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ cat /proc/sys/kernel/randomize_va_space
|
||||
2
|
||||
$ sysctl -a --pattern randomize
|
||||
kernel.randomize_va_space = 2
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
上方指令结果中的数值（`2`）表示 ASLR 工作在全随机化模式。其可能为下面的几个数值之一：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
0 = Disabled
|
||||
1 = Conservative Randomization
|
||||
2 = Full Randomization
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
如果你关闭了 ASLR 并且执行下面的指令，你将会注意到前后两条 `ldd` 的输出是完全一样的。`ldd` 命令会加载共享对象并显示它们在内存中的地址。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=0 <== disable
|
||||
[sudo] password for shs:
|
||||
kernel.randomize_va_space = 0
|
||||
$ ldd /bin/bash
|
||||
linux-vdso.so.1 (0x00007ffff7fd1000) <== same addresses
|
||||
libtinfo.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libtinfo.so.6 (0x00007ffff7c69000)
|
||||
libdl.so.2 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libdl.so.2 (0x00007ffff7c63000)
|
||||
libc.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6 (0x00007ffff7a79000)
|
||||
/lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 (0x00007ffff7fd3000)
|
||||
$ ldd /bin/bash
|
||||
linux-vdso.so.1 (0x00007ffff7fd1000) <== same addresses
|
||||
libtinfo.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libtinfo.so.6 (0x00007ffff7c69000)
|
||||
libdl.so.2 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libdl.so.2 (0x00007ffff7c63000)
|
||||
libc.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6 (0x00007ffff7a79000)
|
||||
/lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 (0x00007ffff7fd3000)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
如果将其重新设置为 `2` 来启用 ASLR，你将会看到每次运行 `ldd`，得到的内存地址都不相同。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=2 <== enable
|
||||
[sudo] password for shs:
|
||||
kernel.randomize_va_space = 2
|
||||
$ ldd /bin/bash
|
||||
linux-vdso.so.1 (0x00007fff47d0e000) <== first set of addresses
|
||||
libtinfo.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libtinfo.so.6 (0x00007f1cb7ce0000)
|
||||
libdl.so.2 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libdl.so.2 (0x00007f1cb7cda000)
|
||||
libc.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6 (0x00007f1cb7af0000)
|
||||
/lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 (0x00007f1cb8045000)
|
||||
$ ldd /bin/bash
|
||||
linux-vdso.so.1 (0x00007ffe1cbd7000) <== second set of addresses
|
||||
libtinfo.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libtinfo.so.6 (0x00007fed59742000)
|
||||
libdl.so.2 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libdl.so.2 (0x00007fed5973c000)
|
||||
libc.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6 (0x00007fed59552000)
|
||||
/lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 (0x00007fed59aa7000)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 尝试绕过 ASLR
|
||||
|
||||
尽管这项技术有很多优点，但绕过 ASLR 的攻击并不罕见，主要有以下几类：
|
||||
|
||||
* 利用地址泄露
|
||||
* 访问与特定地址关联的数据
|
||||
* 针对 ASLR 实现的缺陷来猜测地址，常见于系统熵过低或 ASLR 实现不完善。
|
||||
* 利用侧信道攻击
|
||||
|
||||
### 总结
|
||||
|
||||
ASLR 有很大的价值，尤其是在 64 位系统上运行并被正确实现时。虽然不能避免被绕过，但这项技术的确使得利用系统漏洞变得更加困难了。这份参考资料可以提供 [在 64 位 Linux 系统上的完全 ASLR 的有效性][2] 的更多有关细节，这篇论文介绍了一种利用分支预测 [绕过 ASLR][3] 的技术。
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3331199/linux/what-does-aslr-do-for-linux.html
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[leommxj](https://github.com/leommxj)
|
||||
校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3242170/linux/invaluable-tips-and-tricks-for-troubleshooting-linux.html
|
||||
[2]: https://cybersecurity.upv.es/attacks/offset2lib/offset2lib-paper.pdf
|
||||
[3]: http://www.cs.ucr.edu/~nael/pubs/micro16.pdf
|
||||
[4]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
|
||||
@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ find /etc -iname "*.service" 1> services.txt 2>&1
|
||||
|
||||
它再次出现：`&` 发信号通知 Bash `1` 是目标文件描述符。
|
||||
|
||||
标准文件描述符的另一个问题是，当你从一个管道传输到另一个时，你执行此操作的顺序有点违反直觉。例如，按照上面的命令。它看起来像是错误的方式。你也行像这样阅读它：“将输出导向到文件，然后将错误导向到标准输出。” 看起来错误输出会在后面，并且在输出到标准输出（`1`）已经完成时才发送。
|
||||
标准文件描述符的另一个问题是，当你从一个管道传输到另一个时，你执行此操作的顺序有点违反直觉。例如，按照上面的命令。它看起来像是错误的方式。你应该像这样阅读它：“将输出导向到文件，然后将错误导向到标准输出。” 看起来错误输出会在后面，并且在输出到标准输出（`1`）已经完成时才发送。
|
||||
|
||||
但这不是文件描述符的工作方式。文件描述符不是文件的占位符，而是文件的输入和（或）输出通道。在这种情况下，当你做 `1> services.txt` 时，你的意思是 “打开一个写管道到 `services.txt` 并保持打开状态”。`1` 是你要使用的管道的名称，它将保持打开状态直到该行的结尾。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (An-DJ)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
|
||||
[#]: publisher: (wxy)
|
||||
[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-10595-1.html)
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How To Check CPU, Memory And Swap Utilization Percentage In Linux?)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-check-cpu-memory-swap-utilization-percentage/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Vinoth Kumar https://www.2daygeek.com/author/vinoth/)
|
||||
|
||||
如何查看 Linux 下 CPU、内存和交换分区的占用率？
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
在 Linux 下有很多可以用来查看内存占用情况的命令和选项，但是我并没有看见关于内存占用率的更多的信息。
|
||||
|
||||
在大多数情况下我们只想查看内存使用情况，并没有考虑占用的百分比究竟是多少。如果你想要了解这些信息，那你看这篇文章就对了。我们将会详细地在这里帮助你解决这个问题。
|
||||
|
||||
这篇教程将会帮助你在面对 Linux 服务器下频繁的内存高占用情况时，确定内存使用情况。
|
||||
|
||||
而在同时，如果你使用的是 `free -m` 或者 `free -g`，占用情况描述地也并不是十分清楚。
|
||||
|
||||
这些格式化命令属于 Linux 高级命令。它将会对 Linux 专家和中等水平 Linux 使用者非常有用。
|
||||
|
||||
### 方法-1：如何查看 Linux 下内存占用率？
|
||||
|
||||
我们可以使用下面命令的组合来达到此目的。在该方法中，我们使用的是 `free` 和 `awk` 命令的组合来获取内存占用率。
|
||||
|
||||
如果你正在寻找其他有关于内存的文章，你可以导航到如下链接。这些文章有 [free 命令][1]、[smem 命令][2]、[ps_mem 命令][3]、[vmstat 命令][4] 及 [查看物理内存大小的多种方式][5]。
|
||||
|
||||
要获取不包含百分比符号的内存占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'NR == 2 {print "Current Memory Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
或
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'FNR == 2 {print "Current Memory Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
|
||||
Current Memory Utilization is : 20.4194
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
要获取不包含百分比符号的交换分区占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'NR == 3 {print "Current Swap Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
或
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'FNR == 3 {print "Current Swap Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
|
||||
Current Swap Utilization is : 0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
要获取包含百分比符号及保留两位小数的内存占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'NR == 2 {printf("Current Memory Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
或
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'FNR == 2 {printf("Current Memory Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
|
||||
Current Memory Utilization is : 20.42%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
要获取包含百分比符号及保留两位小数的交换分区占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'NR == 3 {printf("Current Swap Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
或
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'FNR == 3 {printf("Current Swap Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
|
||||
Current Swap Utilization is : 0.00%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
如果你正在寻找有关于交换分区的其他文章，你可以导航至如下链接。这些链接有 [使用 LVM（逻辑盘卷管理）创建和扩展交换分区][6]，[创建或扩展交换分区的多种方式][7] 和 [创建/删除和挂载交换分区文件的多种方式][8]。
|
||||
|
||||
键入 `free` 命令会更好地作出阐释：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free
|
||||
total used free shared buff/cache available
|
||||
Mem: 15867 3730 9868 1189 2269 10640
|
||||
Swap: 17454 0 17454
|
||||
Total: 33322 3730 27322
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
细节如下：
|
||||
|
||||
* `free`：是一个标准命令，用于在 Linux 下查看内存使用情况。
|
||||
* `awk`：是一个专门用来做文本数据处理的强大命令。
|
||||
* `FNR == 2`：该命令给出了每一个输入文件的行数。其基本上用于挑选出给定的行（针对于这里，它选择的是行号为 2 的行）
|
||||
* `NR == 2`：该命令给出了处理的行总数。其基本上用于过滤给出的行（针对于这里，它选择的是行号为 2 的行）
|
||||
* `$3/$2*100`：该命令将列 3 除以列 2 并将结果乘以 100。
|
||||
* `printf`：该命令用于格式化和打印数据。
|
||||
* `%.2f%`：默认情况下，其打印小数点后保留 6 位的浮点数。使用后跟的格式来约束小数位。
|
||||
|
||||
### 方法-2：如何查看 Linux 下内存占用率？
|
||||
|
||||
我们可以使用下面命令的组合来达到此目的。在这种方法中，我们使用 `free`、`grep` 和 `awk` 命令的组合来获取内存占用率。
|
||||
|
||||
要获取不包含百分比符号的内存占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | grep Mem | awk '{print "Current Memory Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
Current Memory Utilization is : 20.4228
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
要获取不包含百分比符号的交换分区占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | grep Swap | awk '{print "Current Swap Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
Current Swap Utilization is : 0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
要获取包含百分比符号及保留两位小数的内存占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | grep Mem | awk '{printf("Current Memory Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
Current Memory Utilization is : 20.43%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
要获取包含百分比符号及保留两位小数的交换空间占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | grep Swap | awk '{printf("Current Swap Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
Current Swap Utilization is : 0.00%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 方法-1：如何查看 Linux 下 CPU 的占用率？
|
||||
|
||||
我们可以使用如下命令的组合来达到此目的。在这种方法中，我们使用 `top`、`print` 和 `awk` 命令的组合来获取 CPU 的占用率。
|
||||
|
||||
如果你正在寻找其他有关于 CPU（LCTT 译注：原文误为 memory）的文章，你可以导航至如下链接。这些文章有 [top 命令][9]、[htop 命令][10]、[atop 命令][11] 及 [Glances 命令][12]。
|
||||
|
||||
如果在输出中展示的是多个 CPU 的情况，那么你需要使用下面的方法。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu
|
||||
%Cpu0 : 5.3 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 94.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu1 : 0.0 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni,100.0 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu2 : 0.0 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 94.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 5.3 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu3 : 5.3 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 94.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu4 : 10.5 us, 15.8 sy, 0.0 ni, 73.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu5 : 0.0 us, 5.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 95.0 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu6 : 5.3 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 94.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu7 : 5.3 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 94.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
要获取不包含百分比符号的 CPU 占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu | awk '{cpu+=$9}END{print "Current CPU Utilization is : " 100-cpu/NR}'
|
||||
Current CPU Utilization is : 21.05
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
要获取包含百分比符号及保留两位小数的 CPU 占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu | awk '{cpu+=$9}END{printf("Current CPU Utilization is : %.2f%"), 100-cpu/NR}'
|
||||
Current CPU Utilization is : 14.81%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 方法-2：如何查看 Linux 下 CPU 的占用率？
|
||||
|
||||
我们可以使用如下命令的组合来达到此目的。在这种方法中，我们使用的是 `top`、`print`/`printf` 和 `awk` 命令的组合来获取 CPU 的占用率。
|
||||
|
||||
如果在单个输出中一起展示了所有的 CPU 的情况，那么你需要使用下面的方法。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu
|
||||
%Cpu(s): 15.3 us, 7.2 sy, 0.8 ni, 69.0 id, 6.7 wa, 0.0 hi, 1.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
要获取不包含百分比符号的 CPU 占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu | awk '{print "Current CPU Utilization is : " 100-$8}'
|
||||
Current CPU Utilization is : 5.6
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
要获取包含百分比符号及保留两位小数的 CPU 占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu | awk '{printf("Current CPU Utilization is : %.2f%"), 100-$8}'
|
||||
Current CPU Utilization is : 5.40%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
如下是一些细节：
|
||||
|
||||
* `top`：是一种用于查看当前 Linux 系统下正在运行的进程的非常好的命令。
|
||||
* `-b`：选项允许 `top` 命令切换至批处理的模式。当你从本地系统运行 `top` 命令至远程系统时，它将会非常有用。
|
||||
* `-n1`：迭代次数。
|
||||
* `^%Cpu`：过滤以 `%CPU` 开头的行。
|
||||
* `awk`：是一种专门用来做文本数据处理的强大命令。
|
||||
* `cpu+=$9`：对于每一行，将第 9 列添加至变量 `cpu`。
|
||||
* `printf`：该命令用于格式化和打印数据。
|
||||
* `%.2f%`：默认情况下，它打印小数点后保留 6 位的浮点数。使用后跟的格式来限制小数位数。
|
||||
* `100-cpu/NR`：最终打印出 CPU 平均占用率，即用 100 减去其并除以行数。
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-check-cpu-memory-swap-utilization-percentage/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Vinoth Kumar][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[An-DJ](https://github.com/An-DJ)
|
||||
校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/vinoth/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/free-command-to-check-memory-usage-statistics-in-linux/
|
||||
[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/smem-linux-memory-usage-statistics-reporting-tool/
|
||||
[3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/ps_mem-report-core-memory-usage-accurately-in-linux/
|
||||
[4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-vmstat-command-examples-tool-report-virtual-memory-statistics/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.2daygeek.com/easy-ways-to-check-size-of-physical-memory-ram-in-linux/
|
||||
[6]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-create-extend-swap-partition-in-linux-using-lvm/
|
||||
[7]: https://www.2daygeek.com/add-extend-increase-swap-space-memory-file-partition-linux/
|
||||
[8]: https://www.2daygeek.com/shell-script-create-add-extend-swap-space-linux/
|
||||
[9]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-top-command-linux-system-performance-monitoring-tool/
|
||||
[10]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-htop-command-linux-system-performance-resource-monitoring-tool/
|
||||
[11]: https://www.2daygeek.com/atop-system-process-performance-monitoring-tool/
|
||||
[12]: https://www.2daygeek.com/install-glances-advanced-real-time-linux-system-performance-monitoring-tool-on-centos-fedora-ubuntu-debian-opensuse-arch-linux/
|
||||
@ -1,60 +1,56 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: "lujun9972"
|
||||
[#]: translator: "zero-mk"
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: " "
|
||||
[#]: publisher: " "
|
||||
[#]: url: " "
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: "wxy"
|
||||
[#]: publisher: "wxy"
|
||||
[#]: url: "https://linux.cn/article-10593-1.html"
|
||||
[#]: subject: "Bash-Insulter : A Script That Insults An User When Typing A Wrong Command"
|
||||
[#]: via: "https://www.2daygeek.com/bash-insulter-insults-the-user-when-typing-wrong-command/"
|
||||
[#]: author: "Magesh Maruthamuthu https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/"
|
||||
|
||||
Bash-Insulter : 一个在输入错误命令时侮辱用户的脚本
|
||||
Bash-Insulter：一个在输入错误命令时嘲讽用户的脚本
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
这是一个非常有趣的脚本，每当用户在终端输入错误的命令时，它都会侮辱用户。
|
||||
这是一个非常有趣的脚本，每当用户在终端输入错误的命令时，它都会嘲讽用户。
|
||||
|
||||
它让你在处理一些问题时感到快乐。
|
||||
它让你在解决一些问题时会感到快乐。有的人在受到终端嘲讽的时候感到不愉快。但是，当我受到终端的批评时，我真的很开心。
|
||||
|
||||
有的人在受到终端侮辱的时候感到不愉快。但是，当我受到终端的侮辱时，我真的很开心。
|
||||
|
||||
这是一个有趣的CLI（译者注：command-line interface） 工具，在你弄错的时候，会用随机短语侮辱你。
|
||||
|
||||
此外，它允许您添加自己的短语。
|
||||
这是一个有趣的 CLI 工具，在你弄错的时候，会用随机短语嘲讽你。此外，它允许你添加自己的短语。
|
||||
|
||||
### 如何在 Linux 上安装 Bash-Insulter?
|
||||
|
||||
在安装 Bash-Insulter 之前，请确保您的系统上安装了 git。如果没有，请使用以下命令安装它。
|
||||
在安装 Bash-Insulter 之前，请确保你的系统上安装了 git。如果没有，请使用以下命令安装它。
|
||||
|
||||
对于 **`Fedora`** 系统, 请使用 **[DNF 命令][1]** 安装 git
|
||||
对于 Fedora 系统, 请使用 [DNF 命令][1] 安装 git。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo dnf install git
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于 **`Debian/Ubuntu`** 系统,，请使用 **[APT-GET 命令][2]** 或者 **[APT 命令][3]** 安装 git。
|
||||
对于 Debian/Ubuntu 系统，请使用 [APT-GET 命令][2] 或者 [APT 命令][3] 安装 git。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo apt install git
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于基于 **`Arch Linux`** 的系统， 请使用 **[Pacman 命令][4]** 安装 git。
|
||||
对于基于 Arch Linux 的系统，请使用 [Pacman 命令][4] 安装 git。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo pacman -S git
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于 **`RHEL/CentOS`** systems, 请使用 **[YUM 命令][5]** 安装 git。
|
||||
对于 RHEL/CentOS 系统，请使用 [YUM 命令][5] 安装 git。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo yum install git
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于 **`openSUSE Leap`** system, 请使用 **[Zypper 命令][6]** 安装 git。
|
||||
对于 openSUSE Leap 系统，请使用 [Zypper 命令][6] 安装 git。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo zypper install git
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
我们可以通过克隆（clone）开发人员的github存储库轻松地安装它。
|
||||
我们可以通过<ruby>克隆<rt>clone</rt></ruby>开发人员的 GitHub 存储库轻松地安装它。
|
||||
|
||||
首先克隆 Bash-insulter 存储库。
|
||||
|
||||
@ -85,7 +81,7 @@ fi
|
||||
$ sudo source /etc/bash.bashrc
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
你想测试一下安装是否生效吗？你可以试试在终端上输入一些错误的命令，看看它如何侮辱你。
|
||||
你想测试一下安装是否生效吗？你可以试试在终端上输入一些错误的命令，看看它如何嘲讽你。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ unam -a
|
||||
@ -95,9 +91,7 @@ $ pin 2daygeek.com
|
||||
|
||||
![][8]
|
||||
|
||||
如果您想附加您自己的短语，则导航到以下文件并更新它
|
||||
|
||||
您可以在 `messages` 部分中添加短语。
|
||||
如果你想附加你自己的短语，则导航到以下文件并更新它。你可以在 `messages` 部分中添加短语。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# vi /etc/bash.command-not-found
|
||||
@ -178,7 +172,7 @@ via: https://www.2daygeek.com/bash-insulter-insults-the-user-when-typing-wrong-c
|
||||
作者：[Magesh Maruthamuthu][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[zero-mk](https://github.com/zero-mk)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (geekpi)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: (wxy)
|
||||
[#]: publisher: (wxy)
|
||||
[#]: url: (https://linux.cn/article-10594-1.html)
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Regex groups and numerals)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://leancrew.com/all-this/2019/02/regex-groups-and-numerals/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Dr.Drang https://leancrew.com)
|
||||
|
||||
正则组和数字
|
||||
正则表达式的分组和数字
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
大约一周前，我在编辑一个程序时想要更改一些变量名。我之前认为这将是一个简单的正则表达式查找/替换。只是这没有我想象的那么简单。
|
||||
@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
![Mistaken BBEdit replacement pattern][2]
|
||||
|
||||
我不能简单地 `30` 替换为 `10`，因为代码中有一些与变量无关的数字 `10`。我认为我很聪明，所以我不想写三个非正则表达式替换，`a10`、`v10` 和 `x10` 每个一个。但是我却没有注意到替换模式中的蓝色。如果我这样做了，我会看到 BBEdit 将我的替换模式解释为“匹配组 13，后面跟着 `0`，而不是”匹配组 1，后面跟着 `30`，后者是我想要的。由于匹配组 13 是空白的，因此所有变量名都会被替换为 `0`。
|
||||
我不能简单地 `30` 替换为 `10`，因为代码中有一些与变量无关的数字 `10`。我认为我很聪明，所以我不想写三个非正则表达式替换，`a10`、`v10` 和 `x10`，每个一个。但是我却没有注意到替换模式中的蓝色。如果我这样做了，我会看到 BBEdit 将我的替换模式解释为“匹配组 13，后面跟着 `0`，而不是”匹配组 1，后面跟着 `30`，后者是我想要的。由于匹配组 13 是空白的，因此所有变量名都会被替换为 `0`。
|
||||
|
||||
你看，BBEdit 可以在搜索模式中匹配多达 99 个组，严格来说，我们应该在替换模式中引用它们时使用两位数字。但在大多数情况下，我们可以使用 `\1` 到 `\9` 而不是 `\01` 到 `\09`，因为这没有歧义。换句话说，如果我尝试将 `a10`、`v10` 和 `x10` 更改为 `az`、`vz` 和 `xz`，那么使用 `\1z`的替换模式就可以了。因为后面的 `z` 意味着不会误解释该模式中 `\1`。
|
||||
你看，BBEdit 可以在搜索模式中匹配多达 99 个分组，严格来说，我们应该在替换模式中引用它们时使用两位数字。但在大多数情况下，我们可以使用 `\1` 到 `\9` 而不是 `\01` 到 `\09`，因为这没有歧义。换句话说，如果我尝试将 `a10`、`v10` 和 `x10` 更改为 `az`、`vz` 和 `xz`，那么使用 `\1z`的替换模式就可以了。因为后面的 `z` 意味着不会误解释该模式中 `\1`。
|
||||
|
||||
因此，在撤消替换后，我将模式更改为这样：
|
||||
|
||||
@ -30,10 +30,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
![Named BBEdit replacement pattern][4]
|
||||
|
||||
在任何情况下，我从来都没有使用过命名组，无论正则表达式是在文本编辑器还是在脚本中。我的总体感觉是，如果模式复杂到我必须使用变量来跟踪所有组，那么我应该停下来并将问题分解为更小的部分。
|
||||
我从来都没有使用过命名组，无论正则表达式是在文本编辑器还是在脚本中。我的总体感觉是，如果模式复杂到我必须使用变量来跟踪所有组，那么我应该停下来并将问题分解为更小的部分。
|
||||
|
||||
By the way, you may have heard that BBEdit is celebrating its [25th anniversary][5] of not sucking. When a well-documented app has such a long history, the manual starts to accumulate delightful callbacks to the olden days. As I was looking up the notation for named groups in the BBEdit manual, I ran across this note:
|
||||
顺便说一下，你可能已经听说 BBEdit 正在庆祝它诞生[25周年][5]。当一个有良好文档的应用有如此历史时，手册的积累能让人愉快地回到过去的日子。当我在 BBEdit 手册中查找命名组的表示法时，我遇到了这个说明：
|
||||
顺便说一下，你可能已经听说 BBEdit 正在庆祝它诞生[25周年][5]。当一个有良好文档的应用有如此长的历史时，手册的积累能让人愉快地回到过去的日子。当我在 BBEdit 手册中查找命名组的表示法时，我遇到了这个说明：
|
||||
|
||||
![BBEdit regex manual excerpt][6]
|
||||
|
||||
@ -45,8 +44,8 @@ via: https://leancrew.com/all-this/2019/02/regex-groups-and-numerals/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Dr.Drang][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
译者：[s](https://github.com/geekpi)
|
||||
校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: translator: (mokshal)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (5 reasons to give Linux for the holidays)
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Developer happiness: What you need to know)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/2/developer-happiness)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Bart Copeland https://opensource.com/users/bartcopeland)
|
||||
|
||||
Developer happiness: What you need to know
|
||||
======
|
||||
Developers need the tools and the freedom to code quickly, without getting bogged down by compliance and security.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
A person needs the right tools for the job. There's nothing as frustrating as getting halfway through a car repair, for instance, only to discover you don't have the specialized tool you need to complete the job. The same concept applies to developers: you need the tools to do what you are best at, without disrupting your workflow with compliance and security needs, so you can produce code faster.
|
||||
|
||||
Over half—51%, to be specific—of developers spend only one to four hours each day programming, according to ActiveState's recent [Developer Survey 2018: Open Source Runtime Pains][1]. In other words, the majority of developers spend less than half of their time coding. According to the survey, 50% of developers say security is one of their biggest concerns, but 67% of developers choose not to add a new language when coding because of the difficulties related to corporate policies.
|
||||
|
||||
The result is developers have to devote time to non-coding activities like retrofitting software for security and compliance criteria checked after software and languages have been built. And they won't choose the best tool or language for the job because of corporate policies. Their satisfaction goes down and risk goes up.
|
||||
|
||||
So, developers aren't able to devote time to high-value work. This creates additional business risk because their time-to-market is slowed, and the organization increases tech debt by not empowering developers to decide on "the best" tech, unencumbered by corporate policy drag.
|
||||
|
||||
### Baking in security and compliance workflows
|
||||
|
||||
How can we solve this issue? One way is to integrate security and compliance workflows into the software development process in four easy steps:
|
||||
|
||||
#### 1\. Gather your forces
|
||||
|
||||
Get support from everyone involved. This is an often-forgotten but critical first step. Make sure to consider a wide range of stakeholders, including:
|
||||
|
||||
* DevOps
|
||||
* Developers
|
||||
* InfoSec
|
||||
* Legal/compliance
|
||||
* IT security
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Stakeholders want to understand the business benefits, so make a solid case for eliminating the security and compliance checkpoints after software builds. You can consider any (or all) of the following in building your business case: time savings, opportunity cost, and developer productivity. By integrating security and compliance workflows into the development process, you also avoid retrofitting of languages.
|
||||
|
||||
#### 2\. Find trustworthy sources
|
||||
|
||||
Next, choose the trusted sources that can be used, along with their license and security requirements. Consider including information such as:
|
||||
|
||||
* Restrictions on usage based on environment or application type and version controls per language
|
||||
* Which open source components are allowable, e.g., specific packages
|
||||
* Which licenses can be used in which types of environments (e.g., research vs. production)
|
||||
* The definition of security levels, acceptable vulnerability risk levels, what risk levels trigger an action, what that action would be, and who would be responsible for its implementation
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#### 3\. Incorporate security and compliance from day one
|
||||
|
||||
The upshot of incorporating security and compliance workflows is that it ultimately bakes security and compliance into the first line of code. It eliminates the drag of corporate policy because you're coding to spec versus having to fix things after the fact. But to do this, consider mechanisms for automatically scanning code as it's being built, along with using agentless monitoring of your runtime code. You're freeing up your time, and you'll also be able to programmatically enforce policies to ensure compliance across your entire organization.
|
||||
|
||||
New vulnerabilities arise, and new patches and versions become available. Consequently, security and compliance need to be considered when deploying code into production and also when running code. You need to know what, if any, code is at risk and where that code is running. So, the process for deploying and running code should include monitoring, reporting, and updating code in production.
|
||||
|
||||
By integrating security and compliance into your software development process from the start, you can also benefit by tracking where your code is running once deployed and be alerted of new threats as they arise. You will be able to track when your applications were vulnerable and respond with automatic enforcement of your software policies.
|
||||
|
||||
If your software development process has security and compliance workflows baked in, you will improve your productivity. And you'll be able to measure value through increased time spent coding; gains in security and stability; and cost- and time-savings in maintenance and discovery of security and compliance threats.
|
||||
|
||||
### Happiness through integration
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't develop and update software, your organization can't go forward. Developers are a linchpin in the success of your company, which means they need the tools and the freedom to code quickly. You can't let compliance and security needs—though they are critical—bog you down. Developers clearly worry about security, so the happy medium is to "shift left" and integrate security and compliance workflows from the start. You'll get more done, get it right the first time, and spend far less time retrofitting code.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/developer-happiness
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Bart Copeland][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/bartcopeland
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.activestate.com/company/press/press-releases/activestate-developer-survey-examines-open-source-challenges/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (No! Ubuntu is NOT Replacing Apt with Snap)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-snap-replaces-apt-blueprint/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
|
||||
|
||||
No! Ubuntu is NOT Replacing Apt with Snap
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
Stop believing the rumors that Ubuntu is planning to replace Apt with Snap in the [Ubuntu 19.04 release][1]. These are only rumors.
|
||||
|
||||
![Snap replacing apt rumors][2]
|
||||
|
||||
Don’t get what I am talking about? Let me give you some context.
|
||||
|
||||
There is a ‘blueprint’ on Ubuntu’s launchpad website, titled ‘Replace APT with snap as default package manager’. It talks about replacing Apt (package manager at the heart of Debian) with Snap ( a new packaging system by Ubuntu).
|
||||
|
||||
> Thanks to Snap, the need for APT is disappearing, fast… why don’t we use snap at the system level?
|
||||
|
||||
The post further says “Imagine, for example, being able to run “sudo snap install cosmic” to upgrade to the current release, “sudo snap install –beta disco” (in March) to upgrade to a beta release, or, for that matter, “sudo snap install –edge disco” to upgrade to a pre-beta release. It would make the whole process much easier, and updates could simply be delivered as updates to the corresponding snap, which could then just be pushed to the repositories and there it is. This way, instead of having a separate release updater, it would be possible to A, run all system updates completely and silently in the background to avoid nagging the user (a la Chrome OS), and B, offer release upgrades in the GNOME software store, Mac-style, as banners, so the user can install them easily. It would make the user experience both more consistent and even more user-friendly than it currently is.”
|
||||
|
||||
It might sound good and promising and if you take a look at [this link][3], even you might start believing the rumor. Why? Because at the bottom of the blueprint information, it lists Ubuntu-founder Mark Shuttleworth as the approver.
|
||||
|
||||
![Apt being replaced with Snap blueprint rumor][4]Mark Shuttleworth’s name adds to the confusion
|
||||
|
||||
The rumor got fanned when the Switch to Linux YouTube channel covered it. You can watch the video from around 11:30.
|
||||
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/Xy7v5tdfSZM>
|
||||
|
||||
When this ‘news’ was brought to my attention, I reached out to Alan Pope of Canonical and asked him if he or his colleagues at Canonical (Ubuntu’s parent company) could confirm it.
|
||||
|
||||
Alan clarified that the so called blueprint was not associated with official Ubuntu team. It was created as a proposal by some community member not affiliated with Ubuntu.
|
||||
|
||||
> That’s not anything official. Some random community person made it. Anyone can write a blueprint.
|
||||
>
|
||||
> Alan Pope, Canonical
|
||||
|
||||
Alan further elaborated that anyone can create such blueprints and tag Mark Shuttleworth or other Ubuntu members in it. Just because Mark’s name was listed as the approver, it doesn’t mean he already approved the idea.
|
||||
|
||||
Canonical has no such plans to replace Apt with Snap. It’s not as simple as the blueprint in question suggests.
|
||||
|
||||
After talking with Alan, I decided to not write about this topic because I don’t want to fan baseless rumors and confuse people.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, the ‘replace Apt with Snap’ blueprint is still being shared on various Ubuntu and Linux related groups and forums. Alan had to publicly dismiss these rumors in a series of tweets:
|
||||
|
||||
> Seen this [#Ubuntu][5] blueprint being shared around the internet. It's not official, not a thing we're doing. Just because someone made a blueprint, doesn't make it fact. <https://t.co/5aUYlT2no5>
|
||||
>
|
||||
> — Alan Pope 🇪🇺🇬🇧 (@popey) [February 23, 2019][6]
|
||||
|
||||
I don’t want you, the It’s FOSS reader, to fell for such silly rumors so I quickly penned this article.
|
||||
|
||||
If you come across ‘apt being replaced with snap’ discussion, you may tell people that it’s not true and provide them this link as a reference.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-snap-replaces-apt-blueprint/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-19-04-release-features/
|
||||
[2]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/snap-replacing-apt.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
|
||||
[3]: https://blueprints.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+spec/package-management-default-snap
|
||||
[4]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/apt-snap-blueprint.jpg?ssl=1
|
||||
[5]: https://twitter.com/hashtag/Ubuntu?src=hash&ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
|
||||
[6]: https://twitter.com/popey/status/1099238146393468931?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Teaching scientists how to share code)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/2/open-science-git)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Jon Tennant https://opensource.com/users/jon-tennant)
|
||||
|
||||
Teaching scientists how to share code
|
||||
======
|
||||
This course teaches them how to set up a GitHub project, index their project in Zenodo, and integrate Git into an RStudio workflow.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Would it surprise you to learn that most of the world's scholarly research is not owned by the people who funded it or who created it? Rather it's owned by private corporations and locked up in proprietary systems, leading to [problems][1] around sharing, reuse, and reproducibility.
|
||||
|
||||
The open science movement is challenging this system, aiming to give researchers control, ownership, and freedom over their work. The [Open Science MOOC][2] (massively open online community) is a mission-driven project launched in 2018 to kick-start an open scientific revolution and foster more partnerships between open source software and open science.
|
||||
|
||||
The Open Science MOOC is a peer-to-peer community of practice, based around sharing knowledge and ideas, learning new skills, and using these things to develop as individuals so research communities can grow as part of a wider cultural shift towards openness.
|
||||
|
||||
### The curriculum
|
||||
|
||||
The Open Science MOOC is divided into 10 core modules, from the principles of open science to becoming an open science advocate.
|
||||
|
||||
The first module, [Open Research Software and Open Source][3], was released in late 2018. It includes three main tasks, all designed to help make research workflows more efficient and more open for collaboration:
|
||||
|
||||
#### 1\. Setting up your first GitHub project
|
||||
|
||||
GitHub is a powerful project management tool, both for coders and non-coders. This task teaches how to create a community around the platform, select an appropriate license, and write good documentation (including README files, contributing guidelines, and codes of conduct) to foster open collaboration and a welcoming community.
|
||||
|
||||
#### 2\. Indexing your project in Zenodo
|
||||
|
||||
[Zenodo][4] is an open science platform that seamlessly integrates with GitHub to help make projects more permanent, reusable, and citable. This task explains how webhooks between Zenodo and GitHub allow new versions of projects to become permanently archived as they progress. This is critical for helping researchers get a [DOI][5] for their work so they can receive full credit for all aspects of a project. As citations are still a primary form of "academic capital," this is essential for researchers.
|
||||
|
||||
#### 3\. Integrating Git into an RStudio workflow
|
||||
|
||||
This task is about giving research a mega-boost through greater collaborative efficiency and reproducibility. Git enables version control in all forms of text-based content, including data analysis and writing papers. Each time you save your work during the development process, Git saves time-stamped copies. This saves the hassle of trying to "roll back" projects if you delete a file or text by mistake, and eliminates horrific file-naming conventions. (For example, does FINAL_Revised_2.2_supervisor_edits_ver1.7_scream.txt look familiar?) Getting Git to interface with RStudio is the painful part, but this task goes through it, step by step, to ease the stress.
|
||||
|
||||
The third task also gives students the ability to interact directly with the MOOC by submitting pull requests to demonstrate their skills. This also adds their name to an online list of open source champions (aka "open sourcerers").
|
||||
|
||||
The MOOC's inherently interactive style is much more valuable than listening to someone talk at you, either on or off screen, like with many traditional online courses or educational programs. Each task is backed up by expert-gathered knowledge, so students get a rigorous, dual-learning experience.
|
||||
|
||||
### Empowering researchers
|
||||
|
||||
The Open Science MOOC strives to be as open as possible—this means we walk the walk and talk the talk. We are built upon a solid values-based foundation of freedom and equitable access to research. We see this route towards widespread adoption of best scientific practices as an essential part of the research process.
|
||||
|
||||
Everything we produce is openly developed and openly licensed for maximum engagement, sharing, and reuse. An open source workflow underpins our development. All of this happens openly around channels such as [Slack][6] and [GitHub][7] and helps to make the community much more coherent.
|
||||
|
||||
If we can instill the value of open source into modern research, this would empower current and future generations of researchers to think more about fundamental freedoms around knowledge production. We think that is something worth working towards as a community.
|
||||
|
||||
The Open Science MOOC combines the best elements of the open education, open science, and open source worlds. If you're ready to join, [sign up for the full course][3], which is, of course, free.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/open-science-git
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Jon Tennant][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jon-tennant
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.theguardian.com/science/political-science/2018/jun/29/elsevier-are-corrupting-open-science-in-europe
|
||||
[2]: https://opensciencemooc.eu/
|
||||
[3]: https://eliademy.com/catalog/oer/module-5-open-research-software-and-open-source.html
|
||||
[4]: https://zenodo.org/
|
||||
[5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_object_identifier
|
||||
[6]: https://osmooc.herokuapp.com/
|
||||
[7]: https://open-science-mooc-invite.herokuapp.com/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Reducing security risks with centralized logging)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/2/reducing-security-risks-centralized-logging)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Hannah Suarez https://opensource.com/users/hcs)
|
||||
|
||||
Reducing security risks with centralized logging
|
||||
======
|
||||
Centralizing logs and structuring log data for processing can mitigate risks related to insufficient logging.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Logging and log analysis are essential to securing infrastructure, particularly when we consider common vulnerabilities. This article, based on my lightning talk [Let's use centralized log collection to make incident response teams happy][1] at FOSDEM'19, aims to raise awareness about the security concerns around insufficient logging, offer a way to avoid the risk, and advocate for more secure practices _(disclaimer: I work for NXLog)._
|
||||
|
||||
### Why log collection and why centralized logging?
|
||||
|
||||
Logging is, to be specific, an append-only sequence of records written to disk. In practice, logs help you investigate an infrastructure issue as you try to find a cause for misbehavior. A challenge comes up when you have heterogeneous systems with their own standards and formats, and you want to be able to handle and process these in a dependable way. This often comes at the cost of metadata. Centralized logging solutions require commonality, and that commonality often removes the rich metadata many open source logging tools provide.
|
||||
|
||||
### The security risk of insufficient logging and monitoring
|
||||
|
||||
The Open Web Application Security Project ([OWASP][2]) is a nonprofit organization that contributes to the industry with incredible projects (including many [tools][3] focusing on software security). The organization regularly reports on the riskiest security challenges for application developers and maintainers. In its most recent report on the [top 10 most critical web application security risks][4], OWASP added Insufficient Logging and Monitoring to its list. OWASP warns of risks due to insufficient logging, detection, monitoring, and active response in the following types of scenarios.
|
||||
|
||||
* Important auditable events, such as logins, failed logins, and high-value transactions are not logged.
|
||||
* Warnings and errors generate none, inadequate, or unclear log messages.
|
||||
* Logs are only being stored locally.
|
||||
* The application is unable to detect, escalate, or alert for active attacks in real time or near real time.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
These instances can be mitigated by centralizing logs (i.e., not storing logs locally) and structuring log data for processing (i.e., in alerting dashboards and security suites).
|
||||
|
||||
For example, imagine a DNS query leads to a malicious site named **hacked.badsite.net**. With DNS monitoring, administrators monitor and proactively analyze DNS queries and responses. The efficiency of DNS monitoring relies on both sufficient logging and log collection in order to catch potential issues as well as structuring the resulting DNS log for further processing:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
2019-01-29
|
||||
Time (GMT) Source Destination Protocol-Info
|
||||
12:42:42.112898 SOURCE_IP xxx.xx.xx.x DNS Standard query 0x1de7 A hacked.badsite.net
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You can try this yourself and run through other examples and snippets with the [NXLog Community Edition][5] _(disclaimer again: I work for NXLog)._
|
||||
|
||||
### Important aside: unstructured vs. structured data
|
||||
|
||||
It's important to take a moment and consider the log data format. For example, let's consider this log message:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
debug1: Failed password for invalid user amy from SOURCE_IP port SOURCE_PORT ssh2
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This log contains a predefined structure, such as a metadata keyword before the colon ( **debug1** ). However, the rest of the log field is an unstructured string ( **Failed password for invalid user amy from SOURCE_IP port SOURCE_PORT ssh2** ). So, while the message is easily available in a human-readable format, it is not a format a computer can easily parse.
|
||||
|
||||
Unstructured event data poses limitations including difficulty of parsing, searching, and analyzing the logs. The important metadata is too often set in an unstructured data field in the form of a freeform string like the example above. Logging administrators will come across this problem at some point as they attempt to standardize/normalize log data and centralize their log sources.
|
||||
|
||||
### Where to go next
|
||||
|
||||
Alongside centralizing and structuring your logs, make sure you're collecting the right log data—Sysmon, PowerShell, Windows EventLog, DNS debug, NetFlow, ETW, kernel monitoring, file integrity monitoring, database logs, external cloud logs, and so on. Also have the right tools and processes in place to collect, aggregate, and help make sense of the data.
|
||||
|
||||
Hopefully, this gives you a starting point to centralize log collection across diverse sources; send them to outside sources like dashboards, monitoring software, analytics software, specialized software like security information and event management (SEIM) suites; and more.
|
||||
|
||||
What does your centralized logging strategy look like? Share your thoughts in the comments.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/reducing-security-risks-centralized-logging
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Hannah Suarez][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/hcs
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://fosdem.org/2019/schedule/event/lets_use_centralized_log_collection_to_make_incident_response_teams_happy/
|
||||
[2]: https://www.owasp.org/index.php/Main_Page
|
||||
[3]: https://github.com/OWASP
|
||||
[4]: https://www.owasp.org/index.php/Top_10-2017_Top_10
|
||||
[5]: https://nxlog.co/products/nxlog-community-edition/download
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Let your engineers choose the license: A guide)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/2/choose-open-source-license-engineers)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Jeffrey Robert Kaufman https://opensource.com/users/jkaufman)
|
||||
|
||||
Let your engineers choose the license: A guide
|
||||
======
|
||||
Enabling engineers to make licensing decisions is wise and efficient.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Imagine you are working for a company that will be starting a new open source community project. Great! You have taken a positive first step to give back and enable a virtuous cycle of innovation that the open source community-based development model provides.
|
||||
|
||||
But what about choosing an open source license for your project? You ask your manager for guidance, and she provides some perspective but quickly realizes that there is no formal company policy or guidelines. As any wise manager would do, she asks you to develop formal corporate guidelines for choosing an open source license for such projects.
|
||||
|
||||
Simple, right? You may be surprised to learn some unexpected challenges. This article will describe some of the complexities you may encounter and some perspective based on my recent experience with a similar project at Red Hat.
|
||||
|
||||
It may be useful to quickly review some of the more common forms of open source licensing. Open source licenses may be generally placed into two main buckets, copyleft and permissive.
|
||||
|
||||
> Copyleft licenses, such as the GPL, allow access to source code, modifications to the source, and distribution of the source or binary versions in their original or modified forms. Copyleft additionally provides that essential software freedoms (run, study, change, and distribution) will be allowed and ensured for any recipients of that code. A copyleft license prohibits restrictions or limitations on these essential software freedoms.
|
||||
>
|
||||
> Permissive licenses, similar to copyleft, also generally allow access to source code, modifications to the source, and distribution of the source or binary versions in their original or modified forms. However, unlike copyleft licenses, additional restrictions may be included with these forms of licenses, including proprietary limitations such as prohibiting the creation of modified works or further distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
Red Hat is one of the leading open source development companies, with thousands of open source developers continuously working upstream and contributing to an assortment of open source projects. When I joined Red Hat, I was very familiar with its flagship Red Hat Enterprise Linux offering, often referred to as RHEL. Although I fully expected that the company contributes under a wide assortment of licenses based on project requirements, I thought our preference and top recommendation for our engineers would be GPLv2 due to our significant involvement with Linux. In addition, GPL is a copyleft license, and copyleft ensures that the essential software freedoms (run, study, change, distribute) will be extended to any recipients of that code. What could be better for sustaining the open source ecosystem than a copyleft license?
|
||||
|
||||
Fast forwarding on my journey to craft internal license choice guidelines for Red Hat, the end result was to not have any license preference at all. Instead, we delegate that responsibility, to the maximum extent possible, to our engineers. Why? Because each open source project and community is unique and there are social aspects to these communities that may have preferences towards various licensing philosophies (e.g., copyleft or permissive). Engineers working in those communities understand all these issues and are best equipped to choose the proper license on this knowledge. Mandating certain licenses for code contributions often will conflict with these community norms and result in reduction or prohibition in contributed content.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, perhaps your organization believes that the latest GPL license (GPLv3) is the best for your company due to its updated provisions. If you mandated GPLv3 for all future contributions vs. GPLv2, you would be prohibited from contributing code to the Linux kernel, since that is a GPLv2 project and will likely remain that way for a very long time. Your engineers, being part of that open source community project, would know that and would automatically choose GPLv2 in the absence of such a mandate.
|
||||
|
||||
Bottom line: Enabling engineers to make these decisions is wise and efficient.
|
||||
|
||||
To the extent your organization may have to restrict the use of certain licenses (e.g., due to certain intellectual property concerns), this should naturally be part of your guidelines or policy. I believe it is much better to delegate to the maximum extent possible to those that understand all the nuances, politics, and licensing philosophies of these varied communities and restrict license choice only when absolutely necessary. Even having a preference for a certain license over another can be problematic. Open source engineers may have deeply rooted feelings about copyleft (either for or against), and forcing one license over the other (unless absolutely necessary for business reasons) may result in creating ill-will and ostracizing an engineer or engineering department within your organization
|
||||
|
||||
In summary, Red Hat's guidelines are very simple and are summarized below:
|
||||
|
||||
1. We suggest choosing an open source license from a set of 10 different licenses that are very common and meet the needs of most new open source projects.
|
||||
|
||||
2. We allow the use of other licenses but we ask that a reason is provided to the open source legal team so we can collect and better understand some of the new and perhaps evolving needs of the open source communities that we serve. (As stated above, our engineers are on the front lines and are best equipped to deliver this type of information.)
|
||||
|
||||
3. The open source legal team always has the right to override a decision, but this would be very rare and only would occur if we were aware of some community or legal concern regarding a specific license or project.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Publishing source code without a license is never permitted.
|
||||
|
||||
In summary, the advantages of these guidelines are enormous. They are very efficient and lead to a very low-friction development and approval system within our organization.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/choose-open-source-license-engineers
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Jeffrey Robert Kaufman][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jkaufman
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
113
sources/talk/20190228 A Brief History of FOSS Practices.md
Normal file
113
sources/talk/20190228 A Brief History of FOSS Practices.md
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (A Brief History of FOSS Practices)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/history-of-foss)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Avimanyu Bandyopadhyay https://itsfoss.com/author/avimanyu/)
|
||||
|
||||
A Brief History of FOSS Practices
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
We focus a great deal about Linux and Free & Open Source Software at It’s FOSS. Ever wondered how old such FOSS Practices are? How did this Practice come by? What is the History behind this revolutionary concept?
|
||||
|
||||
In this history and trivia article, let’s take a look back in time through this brief write-up and note some interesting initiatives in the past that have grown so huge today.
|
||||
|
||||
### Origins of FOSS
|
||||
|
||||
![History of FOSS][1]
|
||||
|
||||
The origins of FOSS goes back to the 1950s. When hardware was purchased, there used to be no additional charges for bundled software and the source code would also be available in order to fix possible bugs in the software.
|
||||
|
||||
It was actually a common Practice back then for users with the freedom to customize the code.
|
||||
|
||||
At that time, mostly academicians and researchers in the industry were the collaborators to develop such software.
|
||||
|
||||
The term Open Source was not there yet. Instead, the term that was popular at that time was “Public Domain Software”. As of today, ideologically, both are very much [different][2] in nature even though they may sound similar.
|
||||
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/0Dt3MCcXay8?list=PLybyE6hxfb7cIzYK1HegM3-ccU-JhovpH>
|
||||
|
||||
Back in 1955, some users of the [IBM 701][3] computer system from Los Angeles, voluntarily founded a group called SHARE. The “SHARE Program Library Agency” (SPLA) distributed information and software through magnetic tapes.
|
||||
|
||||
Technical information shared, was about programming languages, operating systems, database systems, and user experiences for enterprise users of small, medium, and large-scale IBM computers.
|
||||
|
||||
The initiative that is now more than 60 years old, continues to follow its goals quite actively. SHARE has its upcoming event coming up as [SHARE Phoenix 2019][4]. You can download and check out their complete timeline [here][5].
|
||||
|
||||
### The GNU Project
|
||||
|
||||
Announced at MIT on September 27, 1983, by Richard Stallman, the GNU Project is what immensely empowers and supports the Free Software Community today.
|
||||
|
||||
### Free Software Foundation
|
||||
|
||||
The “Free Software Movement” by Richard Stallman established a new norm for developing Free Software.
|
||||
|
||||
He founded The Free Software Foundation (FSF) on 4th October 1985 to support the free software movement. Software that ensures that the end users have freedom in using, studying, sharing and modifying that software came to be called as Free Software.
|
||||
|
||||
**Free as in Free Speech, Not Free Beer**
|
||||
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/MtNcxMuphLc>
|
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Movement laid the following rules to establish the distinctiveness of the idea:
|
||||
|
||||
* The freedom to run the program as you wish, for any purpose (freedom 0).
|
||||
* The freedom to study how the program works, and change it so it does your computing as you wish (freedom 1). Access to the source code is a precondition for this.
|
||||
* The freedom to redistribute copies so you can help your neighbor (freedom 2).
|
||||
* The freedom to distribute copies of your modified versions to others (freedom 3). By doing this you can give the whole community a chance to benefit from your changes. Access to the source code is a precondition for this.
|
||||
|
||||
### The Linux Kernel
|
||||
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/RkUrOSQF1JQ>
|
||||
|
||||
How can we miss this section at It’s FOSS! The Linux kernel was released as freely modifiable source code in 1991 by Linus Torvalds. At first, it was neither Free Software nor used an Open-source software license. In February 1992, Linux was relicensed under the GPL.
|
||||
|
||||
### The Linux Foundation
|
||||
|
||||
The Linux Foundation has a goal to empower open source projects to accelerate technology development and commercial adoption. It is an initiative that was taken in 2000 via the [Open Source Development Labs][6] (OSDL) which later merged with the [Free Standards Group][7].
|
||||
|
||||
Linus Torvalds works at The Linux Foundation who provide complete support to him so that he can work full-time on improving Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
### Open Source
|
||||
|
||||
When the source code of [Netscape][8] Communicator was released in 1998, the label “Open Source” was adopted by a group of individuals at a strategy session held on February 3rd, 1998 in Palo Alto, California. The idea grew from a visionary realization that the [Netscape announcement][9] had changed the way people looked at commercial software.
|
||||
|
||||
This opened up a whole new world, creating a new perspective that revealed the superiority and advantage of an open development process that could be powered by collaboration.
|
||||
|
||||
[Christine Peterson][10] was the one among that group of individuals who originally suggested the term “Open Source” as we perceive today (mentioned [earlier][11]).
|
||||
|
||||
### Evolution of Business Models
|
||||
|
||||
The concept of Open Source is a huge phenomenon right now and there are several companies that continue to adopt the Open Source Approach to this day. [As of April 2015, 78% of companies used Open Source Software][12] with different [Open Source Licenses][13].
|
||||
|
||||
Several organisations have adopted [different business models][14] for Open Source. Red Hat and Mozilla are two good examples.
|
||||
|
||||
So this was a brief recap of some interesting facts from FOSS History. Do let us know your thoughts if you want to share in the comments below.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://itsfoss.com/history-of-foss
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Avimanyu Bandyopadhyay][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/avimanyu/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/history-of-foss.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
|
||||
[2]: https://opensource.org/node/878
|
||||
[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IBM_701
|
||||
[4]: https://event.share.org/home
|
||||
[5]: https://www.share.org/d/do/11532
|
||||
[6]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open_Source_Development_Labs
|
||||
[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Free_Standards_Group
|
||||
[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netscape
|
||||
[9]: https://web.archive.org/web/20021001071727/http://wp.netscape.com:80/newsref/pr/newsrelease558.html
|
||||
[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Christine_Peterson
|
||||
[11]: https://itsfoss.com/nanotechnology-open-science-ai/
|
||||
[12]: https://www.zdnet.com/article/its-an-open-source-world-78-percent-of-companies-run-open-source-software/
|
||||
[13]: https://itsfoss.com/open-source-licenses-explained/
|
||||
[14]: https://opensource.com/article/17/12/open-source-business-models
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (IRC vs IRL: How to run a good IRC meeting)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/2/irc-vs-irl-meetings)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Ben Cotton https://opensource.com/users/bcotton)
|
||||
|
||||
IRC vs IRL: How to run a good IRC meeting
|
||||
======
|
||||
Internet Relay Chat meetings can be a great way to move a project forward if you follow these best practices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
There's an art to running a meeting in any format. Many people have learned to run in-person or telephone meetings, but [Internet Relay Chat][1] (IRC) meetings have unique characteristics that differ from "in real life" (IRL) meetings. This article will share the advantages and disadvantages of the IRC format as well as tips that will help you lead IRC meetings more effectively.
|
||||
|
||||
Why IRC? Despite the wealth of real-time chat options available today, [IRC remains a cornerstone of open source projects][2]. If your project uses another communication method, don't worry. Most of this advice works for any synchronous text chat mechanism, perhaps with a few tweaks here and there.
|
||||
|
||||
### Challenges of IRC meetings
|
||||
|
||||
IRC meetings pose certain challenges compared to in-person meetings. You know that lag between when one person finishes talking and the next one begins? It's worse in IRC because people have to type what they're thinking. This is slower than talking and—unlike with talking—you can't tell when someone else is trying to compose a message. Moderators must remember to insert long pauses when asking for responses or moving to the next topic. And someone who wants to speak up should insert a brief message (e.g., a period) to let the moderator know.
|
||||
|
||||
IRC meetings also lack the metadata you get from other methods. You can't read facial expressions or tone of voice in text. This means you have to be careful with your word choice and phrasing.
|
||||
|
||||
And IRC meetings make it really easy to get distracted. At least when someone is looking at funny cat GIFs during an in-person meeting, you'll see them smile and hear them laugh at inopportune times. In IRC, unless they accidentally paste the wrong text, there's no peer pressure even to pretend to pay attention. With IRC, you can even be in multiple meetings at once. I've done this, but it's dangerous if you need to be an active participant.
|
||||
|
||||
### Benefits of IRC meetings
|
||||
|
||||
IRC meetings have some unique advantages, too. IRC is a very resource-light medium. It doesn't tax bandwidth or CPU. This lowers the barrier for participation, which is advantageous for both the underprivileged and people who are on the road. For volunteer contributors, it means they may be able to participate during their workday. And it means participants don't need to find a quiet space where they can talk without bothering those around them.
|
||||
|
||||
With a meeting bot, IRC can produce meeting minutes instantly. In Fedora, we use Zodbot, an instance of Debian's [Meetbot][3], to log meetings and provide interaction. When a meeting ends, the minutes and full logs are immediately available to the community. This can reduce the administrative overhead of running the meeting.
|
||||
|
||||
### It's like a normal meeting, but different
|
||||
|
||||
Conducting a meeting via IRC or other text-based medium means thinking about the meeting in a slightly different way. Although it lacks some of the benefits of higher-bandwidth modes of communication, it has advantages, too. Running an IRC meeting provides the opportunity to develop discipline that can help you run any type of meeting.
|
||||
|
||||
Like any meeting, IRC meetings are best when there's a defined agenda and purpose. A good meeting moderator knows when to let the conversation follow twists and turns and when it's time to reel it back in. There's no hard and fast rule here—it's very much an art. But IRC offers an advantage in this regard. By setting the channel topic to the meeting's current topic, people have a visible reminder of what they should be talking about.
|
||||
|
||||
If your project doesn't already conduct synchronous meetings, you should give it some thought. For projects with a diverse set of time zones, finding a mutually agreeable time to hold a meeting is hard. You can't rely on meetings as your only source of coordination. But they can be a valuable part of how your project works.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/irc-vs-irl-meetings
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Ben Cotton][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/bcotton
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_Relay_Chat
|
||||
[2]: https://opensource.com/article/16/6/getting-started-irc
|
||||
[3]: https://wiki.debian.org/MeetBot
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Why CLAs aren't good for open source)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/2/cla-problems)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Richard Fontana https://opensource.com/users/fontana)
|
||||
|
||||
Why CLAs aren't good for open source
|
||||
======
|
||||
Few legal topics in open source are as controversial as contributor license agreements.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Few legal topics in open source are as controversial as [contributor license agreements][1] (CLAs). Unless you count the special historical case of the [Fedora Project Contributor Agreement][2] (which I've always seen as an un-CLA), or, like [Karl Fogel][3], you classify the [DCO][4] as a [type of CLA][5], today Red Hat makes no use of CLAs for the projects it maintains.
|
||||
|
||||
It wasn't always so. Red Hat's earliest projects followed the traditional practice I've called "inbound=outbound," in which contributions to a project are simply provided under the project's open source license with no execution of an external, non-FOSS contract required. But in the early 2000s, Red Hat began experimenting with the use of contributor agreements. Fedora started requiring contributors to sign a CLA based on the widely adapted [Apache ICLA][6], while a Free Software Foundation-derived copyright assignment agreement and a pair of bespoke CLAs were inherited from the Cygnus and JBoss acquisitions, respectively. We even took [a few steps][7] towards adopting an Apache-style CLA across the rapidly growing set of Red Hat-led projects.
|
||||
|
||||
This came to an end, in large part because those of us on the Red Hat legal team heard and understood the concerns and objections raised by Red Hat engineers and the wider technical community. We went on to become de facto leaders of what some have called the anti-CLA movement, marked notably by our [opposition to Project Harmony][8] and our [efforts][9] to get OpenStack to replace its CLA with the DCO. (We [reluctantly][10] sign tolerable upstream project CLAs out of practical necessity.)
|
||||
|
||||
### Why CLAs are problematic
|
||||
|
||||
Our choice not to use CLAs is a reflection of our values as an authentic open source company with deep roots in the free software movement. Over the years, many in the open source community have explained why CLAs, and the very similar mechanism of copyright assignment, are a bad policy for open source.
|
||||
|
||||
One reason is the red tape problem. Normally, open source development is characterized by frictionless contribution, which is enabled by inbound=outbound without imposition of further legal ceremony or process. This makes it relatively easy for new contributors to get involved in a project, allowing more effective growth of contributor communities and driving technical innovation upstream. Frictionless contribution is a key part of the advantage open source development holds over proprietary alternatives. But frictionless contribution is negated by CLAs. Having to sign an unusual legal agreement before a contribution can be accepted creates a bureaucratic hurdle that slows down development and discourages participation. This cost persists despite the growing use of automation by CLA-using projects.
|
||||
|
||||
CLAs also give rise to an asymmetry of legal power among a project's participants, which also discourages the growth of strong contributor and user communities around a project. With Apache-style CLAs, the company or organization leading the project gets special rights that other contributors do not receive, while those other contributors must shoulder certain legal obligations (in addition to the red tape burden) from which the project leader is exempt. The problem of asymmetry is most severe in copyleft projects, but it is present even when the outbound license is permissive.
|
||||
|
||||
When assessing the arguments for and against CLAs, bear in mind that today, as in the past, the vast majority of the open source code in any product originates in projects that follow the inbound=outbound practice. The use of CLAs by a relatively small number of projects causes collateral harm to all the others by signaling that, for some reason, open source licensing is insufficient to handle contributions flowing into a project.
|
||||
|
||||
### The case for CLAs
|
||||
|
||||
Since CLAs continue to be a minority practice and originate from outside open source community culture, I believe that CLA proponents should bear the burden of explaining why they are necessary or beneficial relative to their costs. I suspect that most companies using CLAs are merely emulating peer company behavior without critical examination. CLAs have an understandable, if superficial, appeal to risk-averse lawyers who are predisposed to favor greater formality, paper, and process regardless of the business costs. Still, some arguments in favor of CLAs are often advanced and deserve consideration.
|
||||
|
||||
**Easy relicensing:** If administered appropriately, Apache-style CLAs give the project steward effectively unlimited power to sublicense contributions under terms of the steward's choice. This is sometimes seen as desirable because of the potential need to relicense a project under some other open source license. But the value of easy relicensing has been greatly exaggerated by pointing to a few historical cases involving major relicensing campaigns undertaken by projects with an unusually large number of past contributors (all of which were successful without the use of a CLA). There are benefits in relicensing being hard because it results in stable legal expectations around a project and encourages projects to consult their contributor communities before undertaking significant legal policy changes. In any case, most inbound=outbound open source projects never attempt to relicense during their lifetime, and for the small number that do, relicensing will be relatively painless because typically the number of past contributors to contact will not be large.
|
||||
|
||||
**Provenance tracking:** It is sometimes claimed that CLAs enable a project to rigorously track the provenance of contributions, which purportedly has some legal benefit. It is unclear what is achieved by the use of CLAs in this regard that is not better handled through such non-CLA means as preserving Git commit history. And the DCO would seem to be much better suited to tracking contributions, given that it is normally used on a per-commit basis, while CLAs are signed once per contributor and are administratively separate from code contributions. Moreover, provenance tracking is often described as though it were a benefit for the public, yet I know of no case where a project provides transparent, ready public access to CLA acceptance records.
|
||||
|
||||
**License revocation:** Some CLA advocates warn of the prospect that a contributor may someday attempt to revoke a past license grant. To the extent that the concern is about largely judgment-proof individual contributors with no corporate affiliation, it is not clear why an Apache-style CLA provides more meaningful protection against this outcome compared to the use of an open source license. And, as with so many of the legal risks raised in discussions of open source legal policy, this appears to be a phantom risk. I have heard of only a few purported attempts at license revocation over the years, all of which were resolved quickly when the contributor backed down in the face of community pressure.
|
||||
|
||||
**Unauthorized employee contribution:** This is a special case of the license revocation issue and has recently become a point commonly raised by CLA advocates. When an employee contributes to an upstream project, normally the employer owns the copyrights and patents for which the project needs licenses, and only certain executives are authorized to grant such licenses. Suppose an employee contributed proprietary code to a project without approval from the employer, and the employer later discovers this and demands removal of the contribution or sues the project's users. This risk of unauthorized contributions is thought to be minimized by use of something like the [Apache CCLA][11] with its representations and signature requirement, coupled with some adequate review process to ascertain that the CCLA signer likely was authorized to sign (a step which I suspect is not meaningfully undertaken by most CLA-using companies).
|
||||
|
||||
Based on common sense and common experience, I contend that in nearly all cases today, employee contributions are done with the actual or constructive knowledge and consent of the employer. If there were an atmosphere of high litigation risk surrounding open source software, perhaps this risk should be taken more seriously, but litigation arising out of open source projects remains remarkably uncommon.
|
||||
|
||||
More to the point, I know of no case where an allegation of copyright or patent infringement against an inbound=outbound project, not stemming from an alleged open source license violation, would have been prevented by use of a CLA. Patent risk, in particular, is often cited by CLA proponents when pointing to the risk of unauthorized contributions, but the patent license grants in Apache-style CLAs are, by design, quite narrow in scope. Moreover, corporate contributions to an open source project will typically be few in number, small in size (and thus easily replaceable), and likely to be discarded as time goes on.
|
||||
|
||||
### Alternatives
|
||||
|
||||
If your company does not buy into the anti-CLA case and cannot get comfortable with the simple use of inbound=outbound, there are alternatives to resorting to an asymmetric and administratively burdensome Apache-style CLA requirement. The use of the DCO as a complement to inbound=outbound addresses at least some of the concerns of risk-averse CLA advocates. If you must use a true CLA, there is no need to use the Apache model (let alone a [monstrous derivative][10] of it). Consider the non-specification core of the [Eclipse Contributor Agreement][12]—essentially the DCO wrapped inside a CLA—or the Software Freedom Conservancy's [Selenium CLA][13], which merely ceremonializes an inbound=outbound contribution policy.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/cla-problems
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Richard Fontana][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/fontana
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/cla-vs-dco-whats-difference
|
||||
[2]: https://opensource.com/law/10/6/new-contributor-agreement-fedora
|
||||
[3]: https://www.red-bean.com/kfogel/
|
||||
[4]: https://developercertificate.org
|
||||
[5]: https://producingoss.com/en/contributor-agreements.html#developer-certificate-of-origin
|
||||
[6]: https://www.apache.org/licenses/icla.pdf
|
||||
[7]: https://www.freeipa.org/page/Why_CLA%3F
|
||||
[8]: https://opensource.com/law/11/7/trouble-harmony-part-1
|
||||
[9]: https://wiki.openstack.org/wiki/OpenStackAndItsCLA
|
||||
[10]: https://opensource.com/article/19/1/cla-proliferation
|
||||
[11]: https://www.apache.org/licenses/cla-corporate.txt
|
||||
[12]: https://www.eclipse.org/legal/ECA.php
|
||||
[13]: https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSd2FsN12NzjCs450ZmJzkJNulmRC8r8l8NYwVW5KWNX7XDiUw/viewform?hl=en_US&formkey=dFFjXzBzM1VwekFlOWFWMjFFRjJMRFE6MQ#gid=0
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (What's happening in the OpenStack community?)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/3/whats-happening-openstack)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Jonathan Bryce https://opensource.com/users/jonathan-bryce)
|
||||
|
||||
What's happening in the OpenStack community?
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
In many ways, 2018 was a transformative year for the OpenStack Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Since 2010, the OpenStack community has been building open source software to run cloud computing infrastructure. Initially, the focus was public and private clouds, but open infrastructure has been pulled into many new important use cases like telecoms, 5G, and manufacturing IoT.
|
||||
|
||||
As OpenStack software matured and grew in scope to support new technologies like bare metal provisioning and container infrastructure, the community widened its thinking to embrace users who deploy and run the software in addition to the developers who build the software. Questions like, "What problems are users trying to solve?" "Which technologies are users trying to integrate?" and "What are the gaps?" began to drive the community's thinking and decision making.
|
||||
|
||||
In response to those questions, the OSF reorganized its approach and created a new "open infrastructure" framework focused on use cases, including edge, container infrastructure, CI/CD, and private and hybrid cloud. And, for the first time, the OSF is hosting open source projects outside of the OpenStack project.
|
||||
|
||||
Following are three highlights from the [OSF 2018 Annual Report][1]; I encourage you to read the entire report for more detailed information about what's new.
|
||||
|
||||
### Pilot projects
|
||||
|
||||
On the heels of launching [Kata Containers][2] in December 2017, the OSF launched three pilot projects in 2018—[Zuul][3], [StarlingX][4], and [Airship][5]—that help further our goals of taking our technology into additional relevant markets. Each project follows the tenets we consider key to the success of true open source, [the Four Opens][6]: open design, open collaboration, open development, and open source. While these efforts are still new, they have been extremely valuable in helping us learn how we should expand the scope of the OSF, as well as showing others the kind of approach we will take.
|
||||
|
||||
While the OpenStack project remained at the core of the team's focus, pilot projects are helping expand usage of open infrastructure across markets and already benefiting the OpenStack community. This has attracted dozens of new developers to the open infrastructure community, which will ultimately benefit the OpenStack community and users.
|
||||
|
||||
There is direct benefit from these contributors working upstream in OpenStack, such as through StarlingX, as well as indirect benefit from the relationships we've built with the Kubernetes community through the Kata Containers project. Airship is similarly bridging the gaps between the Kubernetes and OpenStack ecosystems. This shows users how the technologies work together. A rise in contributions to Zuul has provided the engine for OpenStack CI and keeps our development running smoothly.
|
||||
|
||||
### Containers collaboration
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to investing in new pilot projects, we continued efforts to work with key adjacent projects in 2018, and we made particularly good progress with Kubernetes. OSF staffer Chris Hoge helps lead the cloud provider special interest group, where he has helped standardize how Kubernetes deployments expect to run on top of various infrastructure. This has clarified OpenStack's place in the Kubernetes ecosystem and led to valuable integration points, like having OpenStack as part of the Kubernetes release testing process.
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally, OpenStack Magnum was certified as a Kubernetes installer by the CNCF. Through the Kata Containers community, we have deepened these relationships into additional areas within the container ecosystem resulting in a number of companies getting involved for the first time.
|
||||
|
||||
### Evolving events
|
||||
|
||||
We knew heading into 2018 that the environment around our events was changing and we needed to respond. During the year, we held two successful project team gatherings (PTGs) in Dublin and Denver, reaching capacity for both events while also including new projects and OpenStack operators. We held OpenStack Summits in Vancouver and Berlin, both experiencing increases in attendance and project diversity since Sydney in 2017, with each Summit including more than 30 open source projects. Recognizing this broader audience and the OSF's evolving strategy, the OpenStack Summit was renamed the [Open Infrastructure Summit][7], beginning with the Denver event coming up in April.
|
||||
|
||||
In 2018, we boosted investment in China, onboarding a China Community Manager based in Shanghai and hosting a strategy day in Beijing with 30+ attendees from Gold and Platinum Members in China. This effort will continue in 2019 as we host our first Summit in China: the [Open Infrastructure Summit Shanghai][8] in November.
|
||||
|
||||
We also worked with the community in 2018 to define a new model for events to maximize participation while saving on travel and expenses for the individuals and companies who are increasingly stretched across multiple open source communities. We arrived at a plan that we will implement and iterate on in 2019 where we will collocate PTGs as standalone events adjacent to our Open Infrastructure Summits.
|
||||
|
||||
### Looking ahead
|
||||
|
||||
We've seen impressive progress, but the biggest accomplishment might be in establishing a framework for the future of the foundation itself. In 2018, we advanced the open infrastructure mission by establishing OSF as an effective place to collaborate for CI/CD, container infrastructure, and edge computing, in addition to the traditional public and private cloud use cases. The open infrastructure approach opened a lot of doors in 2018, from the initial release of software from each pilot project, to live 5G demos, to engagement with hyperscale public cloud providers.
|
||||
|
||||
Ultimately, our value comes from the effectiveness of our communities and the software they produce. As 2019 unfolds, our community is excited to apply learnings from 2018 to the benefit of developers, users, and the commercial ecosystem across all our projects.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/whats-happening-openstack
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Jonathan Bryce][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jonathan-bryce
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.openstack.org/foundation/2018-openstack-foundation-annual-report
|
||||
[2]: https://katacontainers.io/
|
||||
[3]: https://zuul-ci.org/
|
||||
[4]: https://www.starlingx.io/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.airshipit.org/
|
||||
[6]: https://www.openstack.org/four-opens/
|
||||
[7]: https://www.openstack.org/summit/denver-2019/
|
||||
[8]: https://www.openstack.org/summit/shanghai-2019
|
||||
@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (geekpi)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Akira: The Linux Design Tool We’ve Always Wanted?)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/akira-design-tool)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
|
||||
|
||||
Akira: The Linux Design Tool We’ve Always Wanted?
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
Let’s make it clear, I am not a professional designer – but I’ve used certain tools on Windows (like Photoshop, Illustrator, etc.) and [Figma][1] (which is a browser-based interface design tool). I’m sure there are a lot more design tools available for Mac and Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
Even on Linux, there is a limited number of dedicated [graphic design tools][2]. A few of these tools like [GIMP][3] and [Inkscape][4] are used by professionals as well. But most of them are not considered professional grade, unfortunately.
|
||||
|
||||
Even if there are a couple more solutions – I’ve never come across a native Linux application that could replace [Sketch][5], Figma, or Adobe **** XD. Any professional designer would agree to that, isn’t it?
|
||||
|
||||
### Is Akira going to replace Sketch, Figma, and Adobe XD on Linux?
|
||||
|
||||
Well, in order to develop something that would replace those awesome proprietary tools – [Alessandro Castellani][6] – came up with a [Kickstarter campaign][7] by teaming up with a couple of experienced developers –
|
||||
[Alberto Fanjul][8], [Bilal Elmoussaoui][9], and [Felipe Escoto][10].
|
||||
|
||||
So, yes, Akira is still pretty much just an idea- with a working prototype of its interface (as I observed in their [live stream session][11] via Kickstarter recently).
|
||||
|
||||
### If it does not exist, why the Kickstarter campaign?
|
||||
|
||||
![][12]
|
||||
|
||||
The aim of the Kickstarter campaign is to gather funds in order to hire the developers and take a few months off to dedicate their time in order to make Akira possible.
|
||||
|
||||
Nonetheless, if you want to support the project, you should know some details, right?
|
||||
|
||||
Fret not, we asked a couple of questions in their livestream session – let’s get into it…
|
||||
|
||||
### Akira: A few more details
|
||||
|
||||
![Akira prototype interface][13]
|
||||
Image Credits: Kickstarter
|
||||
|
||||
As the Kickstarter campaign describes:
|
||||
|
||||
> The main purpose of Akira is to offer a fast and intuitive tool to **create Web and Mobile interfaces** , more like **Sketch** , **Figma** , or **Adobe XD** , with a completely native experience for Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
They’ve also written a detailed description as to how the tool will be different from Inkscape, Glade, or QML Editor. Of course, if you want all the technical details, [Kickstarter][7] is the way to go. But, before that, let’s take a look at what they had to say when I asked some questions about Akira.
|
||||
|
||||
Q: If you consider your project – similar to what Figma offers – why should one consider installing Akira instead of using the web-based tool? Is it just going to be a clone of those tools – offering a native Linux experience or is there something really interesting to encourage users to switch (except being an open source solution)?
|
||||
|
||||
**Akira:** A native experience on Linux is always better and fast in comparison to a web-based electron app. Also, the hardware configuration matters if you choose to utilize Figma – but Akira will be light on system resource and you will still be able to do similar stuff without needing to go online.
|
||||
|
||||
Q: Let’s assume that it becomes the open source solution that Linux users have been waiting for (with similar features offered by proprietary tools). What are your plans to sustain it? Do you plan to introduce any pricing plans – or rely on donations?
|
||||
|
||||
**Akira** : The project will mostly rely on Donations (something like [Krita Foundation][14] could be an idea). But, there will be no “pro” pricing plans – it will be available for free and it will be an open source project.
|
||||
|
||||
So, with the response I got, it definitely seems to be something promising that we should probably support.
|
||||
|
||||
### Wrapping Up
|
||||
|
||||
What do you think about Akira? Is it just going to remain a concept? Or do you hope to see it in action?
|
||||
|
||||
Let us know your thoughts in the comments below.
|
||||
|
||||
![][15]
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://itsfoss.com/akira-design-tool
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Ankush Das][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.figma.com/
|
||||
[2]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-graphic-design-software/
|
||||
[3]: https://itsfoss.com/gimp-2-10-release/
|
||||
[4]: https://inkscape.org/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.sketchapp.com/
|
||||
[6]: https://github.com/Alecaddd
|
||||
[7]: https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/alecaddd/akira-the-linux-design-tool/description
|
||||
[8]: https://github.com/albfan
|
||||
[9]: https://github.com/bilelmoussaoui
|
||||
[10]: https://github.com/Philip-Scott
|
||||
[11]: https://live.kickstarter.com/alessandro-castellani/live-stream/the-current-state-of-akira
|
||||
[12]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/akira-design-tool-kickstarter.jpg?resize=800%2C451&ssl=1
|
||||
[13]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/akira-mockup.png?ssl=1
|
||||
[14]: https://krita.org/en/about/krita-foundation/
|
||||
[15]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/akira-design-tool-kickstarter.jpg?fit=812%2C458&ssl=1
|
||||
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: translator: (zero-mk)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: translator: (geekpi)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
|
||||
251
sources/tech/20190205 5 Linux GUI Cloud Backup Tools.md
Normal file
251
sources/tech/20190205 5 Linux GUI Cloud Backup Tools.md
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (5 Linux GUI Cloud Backup Tools)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2019/2/5-linux-gui-cloud-backup-tools)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Jack Wallen https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen)
|
||||
|
||||
5 Linux GUI Cloud Backup Tools
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
We have reached a point in time where most every computer user depends upon the cloud … even if only as a storage solution. What makes the cloud really important to users, is when it’s employed as a backup. Why is that such a game changer? By backing up to the cloud, you have access to those files, from any computer you have associated with your cloud account. And because Linux powers the cloud, many services offer Linux tools.
|
||||
|
||||
Let’s take a look at five such tools. I will focus on GUI tools, because they offer a much lower barrier to entry to many of the CLI tools. I’ll also be focusing on various, consumer-grade cloud services (e.g., [Google Drive][1], [Dropbox][2], [Wasabi][3], and [pCloud][4]). And, I will be demonstrating on the Elementary OS platform, but all of the tools listed will function on most Linux desktop distributions.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Of the following backup solutions, only Duplicati is licensed as open source. With that said, let’s see what’s available.
|
||||
|
||||
### Insync
|
||||
|
||||
I must confess, [Insync][5] has been my cloud backup of choice for a very long time. Since Google refuses to release a Linux desktop client for Google Drive (and I depend upon Google Drive daily), I had to turn to a third-party solution. Said solution is Insync. This particular take on syncing the desktop to Drive has not only been seamless, but faultless since I began using the tool.
|
||||
|
||||
The cost of Insync is a one-time $29.99 fee (per Google account). Trust me when I say this tool is worth the price of entry. With Insync you not only get an easy-to-use GUI for managing your Google Drive backup and sync, you get a tool (Figure 1) that gives you complete control over what is backed up and how it is backed up. Not only that, but you can also install Nautilus integration (which also allows you to easy add folders outside of the configured Drive sync destination).
|
||||
|
||||
![Insync app][7]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 1: The Insync app window on Elementary OS.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][8]
|
||||
|
||||
You can download Insync for Ubuntu (or its derivatives), Linux Mint, Debian, and Fedora from the [Insync download page][9]. Once you’ve installed Insync (and associated it with your account), you can then install Nautilus integration with these steps (demonstrating on Elementary OS):
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open a terminal window and issue the command sudo nano /etc/apt/sources.list.d/insync.list.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Paste the following into the new file: deb <http://apt.insynchq.com/ubuntu> precise non-free contrib.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Save and close the file.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Update apt with the command sudo apt-get update.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Install the necessary package with the command sudo apt-get install insync-nautilus.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Allow the installation to complete. Once finished, restart Nautilus with the command nautilus -q (or log out and back into the desktop). You should now see an Insync entry in the Nautilus right-click context menu (Figure 2).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 2: Insync/Nautilus integration in action.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][8]
|
||||
|
||||
### Dropbox
|
||||
|
||||
Although [Dropbox][2] drew the ire of many in the Linux community (by dropping support for all filesystems but unencrypted ext4), it still supports a great deal of Linux desktop deployments. In other words, if your distribution still uses the ext4 file system (and you do not opt to encrypt your full drive), you’re good to go.
|
||||
|
||||
The good news is the Dropbox Linux desktop client is quite good. The tool offers a system tray icon that allows you to easily interact with your cloud syncing. Dropbox also includes CLI tools and a Nautilus integration (by way of an additional addon found [here][10]).
|
||||
|
||||
The Linux Dropbox desktop sync tool works exactly as you’d expect. From the Dropbox system tray drop-down (Figure 3) you can open the Dropbox folder, launch the Dropbox website, view recently changed files, get more space, pause syncing, open the preferences window, find help, and quite Dropbox.
|
||||
|
||||
![Dropbox][12]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 3: The Dropbox system tray drop-down on Elementary OS.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][8]
|
||||
|
||||
The Dropbox/Nautilus integration is an important component, as it makes quickly adding to your cloud backup seamless and fast. From the Nautilus file manager, locate and right-click the folder to bad added, and select Dropbox > Move to Dropbox (Figure 4).
|
||||
|
||||
The only caveat to the Dropbox/Nautilus integration is that the only option is to move a folder to Dropbox. To some this might not be an option. The developers of this package would be wise to instead have the action create a link (instead of actually moving the folder).
|
||||
|
||||
Outside of that one issue, the Dropbox cloud sync/backup solution for Linux is a great route to go.
|
||||
|
||||
### pCloud
|
||||
|
||||
pCloud might well be one of the finest cloud backup solutions you’ve never heard of. This take on cloud storage/backup includes features like:
|
||||
|
||||
* Encryption (subscription service required for this feature);
|
||||
|
||||
* Mobile apps for Android and iOS;
|
||||
|
||||
* Linux, Mac, and Windows desktop clients;
|
||||
|
||||
* Easy file/folder sharing;
|
||||
|
||||
* Built-in audio/video players;
|
||||
|
||||
* No file size limitation;
|
||||
|
||||
* Sync any folder from the desktop;
|
||||
|
||||
* Panel integration for most desktops; and
|
||||
|
||||
* Automatic file manager integration.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
pCloud offers both Linux desktop and CLI tools that function quite well. pCloud offers both a free plan (with 10GB of storage), a Premium Plan (with 500GB of storage for a one-time fee of $175.00), and a Premium Plus Plan (with 2TB of storage for a one-time fee of $350.00). Both non-free plans can also be paid on a yearly basis (instead of the one-time fee).
|
||||
|
||||
The pCloud desktop client is quite user-friendly. Once installed, you have access to your account information (Figure 5), the ability to create sync pairs, create shares, enable crypto (which requires an added subscription), and general settings.
|
||||
|
||||
![pCloud][14]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 5: The pCloud desktop client is incredibly easy to use.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][8]
|
||||
|
||||
The one caveat to pCloud is there’s no file manager integration for Linux. That’s overcome by the Sync folder in the pCloud client.
|
||||
|
||||
### CloudBerry
|
||||
|
||||
The primary focus for [CloudBerry][15] is for Managed Service Providers. The business side of CloudBerry does have an associated cost (one that is probably well out of the price range for the average user looking for a simple cloud backup solution). However, for home usage, CloudBerry is free.
|
||||
|
||||
What makes CloudBerry different than the other tools is that it’s not a backup/storage solution in and of itself. Instead, CloudBerry serves as a link between your desktop and the likes of:
|
||||
|
||||
* AWS
|
||||
|
||||
* Microsoft Azure
|
||||
|
||||
* Google Cloud
|
||||
|
||||
* BackBlaze
|
||||
|
||||
* OpenStack
|
||||
|
||||
* Wasabi
|
||||
|
||||
* Local storage
|
||||
|
||||
* External drives
|
||||
|
||||
* Network Attached Storage
|
||||
|
||||
* Network Shares
|
||||
|
||||
* And more
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In other words, you use CloudBerry as the interface between the files/folders you want to share and the destination with which you want send them. This also means you must have an account with one of the many supported solutions.
|
||||
Once you’ve installed CloudBerry, you create a new Backup plan for the target storage solution. For that configuration, you’ll need such information as:
|
||||
|
||||
* Access Key
|
||||
|
||||
* Secret Key
|
||||
|
||||
* Bucket
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What you’ll need for the configuration will depend on the account you’re connecting to (Figure 6).
|
||||
|
||||
![CloudBerry][17]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 6: Setting up a CloudBerry backup for Wasabi.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][8]
|
||||
|
||||
The one caveat to CloudBerry is that it does not integrate with any file manager, nor does it include a system tray icon for interaction with the service.
|
||||
|
||||
### Duplicati
|
||||
|
||||
[Duplicati][18] is another option that allows you to sync your local directories with either locally attached drives, network attached storage, or a number of cloud services. The options supported include:
|
||||
|
||||
* Local folders
|
||||
|
||||
* Attached drives
|
||||
|
||||
* FTP/SFTP
|
||||
|
||||
* OpenStack
|
||||
|
||||
* WebDAV
|
||||
|
||||
* Amazon Cloud Drive
|
||||
|
||||
* Amazon S3
|
||||
|
||||
* Azure Blob
|
||||
|
||||
* Box.com
|
||||
|
||||
* Dropbox
|
||||
|
||||
* Google Cloud Storage
|
||||
|
||||
* Google Drive
|
||||
|
||||
* Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
|
||||
* And many more
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Once you install Duplicati (download the installer for Debian, Ubuntu, Fedora, or RedHat from the [Duplicati downloads page][19]), click on the entry in your desktop menu, which will open a web page to the tool (Figure 7), where you can configure the app settings, create a new backup, restore from a backup, and more.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
To create a backup, click Add backup and walk through the easy-to-use wizard (Figure 8). The backup service you choose will dictate what you need for a successful configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
![Duplicati backup][21]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 8: Creating a new Duplicati backup for Google Drive.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][8]
|
||||
|
||||
For example, in order to create a backup to Google Drive, you’ll need an AuthID. For that, click the AuthID link in the Destination section of the setup, where you’ll be directed to select the Google Account to associate with the backup. Once you’ve allowed Duplicati access to the account, the AuthID will fill in and you’re ready to continue. Click Test connection and you’ll be asked to okay the creation of a new folder (if necessary). Click Next to complete the setup of the backup.
|
||||
|
||||
### More Where That Came From
|
||||
|
||||
These five cloud backup tools aren’t the end of this particular rainbow. There are plenty more options where these came from (including CLI-only tools). But any of these backup clients will do a great job of serving your Linux desktop-to-cloud backup needs.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2019/2/5-linux-gui-cloud-backup-tools
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Jack Wallen][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.google.com/drive/
|
||||
[2]: https://www.dropbox.com/
|
||||
[3]: https://wasabi.com/
|
||||
[4]: https://www.pcloud.com/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.insynchq.com/
|
||||
[6]: /files/images/insync1jpg
|
||||
[7]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/insync_1.jpg?itok=_SDP77uE (Insync app)
|
||||
[8]: /licenses/category/used-permission
|
||||
[9]: https://www.insynchq.com/downloads
|
||||
[10]: https://www.dropbox.com/install-linux
|
||||
[11]: /files/images/dropbox1jpg
|
||||
[12]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/dropbox_1.jpg?itok=BYbg-sKB (Dropbox)
|
||||
[13]: /files/images/pcloud1jpg
|
||||
[14]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/pcloud_1.jpg?itok=cAUz8pya (pCloud)
|
||||
[15]: https://www.cloudberrylab.com
|
||||
[16]: /files/images/cloudberry1jpg
|
||||
[17]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/cloudberry_1.jpg?itok=s0aP5xuN (CloudBerry)
|
||||
[18]: https://www.duplicati.com/
|
||||
[19]: https://www.duplicati.com/download
|
||||
[20]: /files/images/duplicati2jpg
|
||||
[21]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/duplicati_2.jpg?itok=Xkn8s3jg (Duplicati backup)
|
||||
@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (geekpi)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (An Automated Way To Install Essential Applications On Ubuntu)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.ostechnix.com/an-automated-way-to-install-essential-applications-on-ubuntu/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (SK https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/)
|
||||
|
||||
An Automated Way To Install Essential Applications On Ubuntu
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The default Ubuntu installation doesn’t come with all essential applications pre-installed . You may need to spend few hours on Internet or ask any Linux user’s help to find and install the necessary applications for your Ubuntu box. If you’re newbie, then you certainly need to spend more time to learn how to search and install applications either from command line (using apt-get or dpkg) or from the Ubuntu software center. Some users, especially newbies, might want to easily and quickly install every applications they like. If you’re one of them, no worries. In this guide, we will see how to install essential applications on Ubuntu using a simple command line utility called **“Alfred”**.
|
||||
|
||||
Alfred is a free, open source script written in **Python** programming language. It uses **Zenity** to create a simple graphical interface that allows the users to easily select and install the applications of their choice with a few mouse clicks. You need not to spend hours to search for all essential applications, PPAs, debs, AppImage, snaps or flatpaks. Alfred brings all common applications, tools and utilities under one-roof and automatically installs the selected applications. If you’re a newbie who is recently migrated from Windows to Ubuntu Linux, Alfred helps you to do an unattended software installation on a freshly installed Ubuntu system, without much user intervention. Please be mindful that there is also a Mac OS app with similar name, but both serves different purposes.
|
||||
|
||||
### Installing Alfred On Ubuntu
|
||||
|
||||
Alfred installation is easy! Just download the script and launch it. It is that simple.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ wget https://raw.githubusercontent.com/derkomai/alfred/master/alfred.py
|
||||
|
||||
$ python3 alfred.py
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, download the script using wget as shown above and just move the **alfred.py** file to your $PATH:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo cp alfred.py /usr/local/bin/alfred
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Make it executable:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/alfred
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
And, launch it using command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ alfred
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Easily And Quickly Install Essential Applications On Ubuntu Using Alfred Script
|
||||
|
||||
Launch Alfred script as described in the installation section above. This is how Alfred default interface looks like.
|
||||
|
||||
![][2]
|
||||
|
||||
As you can see, Alfred lists a lot of most commonly used application types such as,
|
||||
|
||||
* Web browsers,
|
||||
* Mail clients,
|
||||
* Messengers,
|
||||
* Cloud storage clients,
|
||||
* Hardware drivers,
|
||||
* Codecs,
|
||||
* Developer tools,
|
||||
* Android,
|
||||
* Text editors,
|
||||
* Git,
|
||||
* Kernel update tool,
|
||||
* Audio/video players,
|
||||
* Screenshot tools,
|
||||
* Screen recorders,
|
||||
* Video encoders,
|
||||
* Streaming apps,
|
||||
* 3D modelling and animation tools,
|
||||
* Image viewers and editors,
|
||||
* CAD software,
|
||||
* Pdf tools,
|
||||
* Gaming emulators,
|
||||
* Disk management tools,
|
||||
* Encryption tools,
|
||||
* Password managers,
|
||||
* Archive tools,
|
||||
* Ftp software,
|
||||
* System resource monitors,
|
||||
* Application launchers and many.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
You can pick any one or multiple applications of your choice and install them at once. Here, I am going to install the ‘Developer bundle’, hence I chose it and click OK button.
|
||||
|
||||
![][3]
|
||||
|
||||
Now, Alfred script will automatically add the necessary repositories, ppas on your Ubuntu system and start installing the selected applications.
|
||||
|
||||
![][4]
|
||||
|
||||
Once the installation is completed, you will see the following message.
|
||||
|
||||
![][5]
|
||||
|
||||
Congratulations! The selected packages have been installed.
|
||||
|
||||
You can [**check recently installed applications**][6] on Ubuntu using the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ grep " install " /var/log/dpkg.log
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You may need to reboot your system in-order to use some of the installed applications. Similarly, you can install any applications from the list without much hazzle.
|
||||
|
||||
For your information, there is also a similar script named **post_install.sh** written by different developer. It is exactly same as Alfred, but provides a few different set of applications. Please check the following link for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
These two scripts allows the lazy users, especially newbies, to be able to easily and fastly install most common apps, tools, updates, utilities they want to use in their Ubuntu Linux with few mouse clicks away, and stop depending on the help of official or non-official documentations.
|
||||
|
||||
And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned!
|
||||
|
||||
Cheers!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.ostechnix.com/an-automated-way-to-install-essential-applications-on-ubuntu/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[SK][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7
|
||||
[2]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/alfred-1.png
|
||||
[3]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/alfred-2.png
|
||||
[4]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/alfred-4.png
|
||||
[5]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/alfred-5-1.png
|
||||
[6]: https://www.ostechnix.com/list-installed-packages-sorted-installation-date-linux/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How To Identify That The Linux Server Is Integrated With Active Directory (AD)?)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-identify-that-the-linux-server-is-integrated-with-active-directory-ad/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Vinoth Kumar https://www.2daygeek.com/author/vinoth/)
|
||||
|
||||
How To Identify That The Linux Server Is Integrated With Active Directory (AD)?
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
Single Sign On (SSO) Authentication is an implemented in most of the organizations due to multiple applications access.
|
||||
|
||||
It allows a user to logs in with a single ID and password to all the applications which is available in the organization.
|
||||
|
||||
It uses a centralized authentication system for all the applications.
|
||||
|
||||
A while ago we had written an article, **[how to integrate Linux system with AD][1]**.
|
||||
|
||||
Today we are going to show you, how to check that the Linux system is integrated with AD using multiple ways.
|
||||
|
||||
It can be done in four ways and we will explain one by one.
|
||||
|
||||
* **`ps Command:`** It report a snapshot of the current processes.
|
||||
* **`id Command:`** It prints user identity.
|
||||
* **`/etc/nsswitch.conf file:`** It is Name Service Switch configuration file.
|
||||
* **`/etc/pam.d/system-auth file:`** It is Common configuration file for PAMified services.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Identify That The Linux Server Is Integrated With AD Using PS Command?
|
||||
|
||||
ps command displays information about a selection of the active processes.
|
||||
|
||||
To integrate the Linux server with AD, we need to use either `winbind` or `sssd` or `ldap` service.
|
||||
|
||||
So, use the ps command to filter these services.
|
||||
|
||||
If you found any of these services is running on system then we can decide that the system is currently integrate with AD using “winbind” or “sssd” or “ldap” service.
|
||||
|
||||
You might get the output similar to below if the system is integrated with AD using `SSSD` service.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# ps -ef | grep -i "winbind\|sssd"
|
||||
|
||||
root 29912 1 0 2017 ? 00:19:09 /usr/sbin/sssd -f -D
|
||||
root 29913 29912 0 2017 ? 04:36:59 /usr/libexec/sssd/sssd_be --domain 2daygeek.com --uid 0 --gid 0 --debug-to-files
|
||||
root 29914 29912 0 2017 ? 00:29:28 /usr/libexec/sssd/sssd_nss --uid 0 --gid 0 --debug-to-files
|
||||
root 29915 29912 0 2017 ? 00:09:19 /usr/libexec/sssd/sssd_pam --uid 0 --gid 0 --debug-to-files
|
||||
root 31584 26666 0 13:41 pts/3 00:00:00 grep sssd
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You might get the output similer to below if the system is integrated with AD using `winbind` service.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# ps -ef | grep -i "winbind\|sssd"
|
||||
|
||||
root 676 21055 0 2017 ? 00:00:22 winbindd
|
||||
root 958 21055 0 2017 ? 00:00:35 winbindd
|
||||
root 21055 1 0 2017 ? 00:59:07 winbindd
|
||||
root 21061 21055 0 2017 ? 11:48:49 winbindd
|
||||
root 21062 21055 0 2017 ? 00:01:28 winbindd
|
||||
root 21959 4570 0 13:50 pts/2 00:00:00 grep -i winbind\|sssd
|
||||
root 27780 21055 0 2017 ? 00:00:21 winbindd
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Identify That The Linux Server Is Integrated With AD Using id Command?
|
||||
|
||||
It Prints information for given user name, or the current user. It displays the UID, GUID, User Name, Primary Group Name and Secondary Group Name, etc.,
|
||||
|
||||
If the Linux system is integrated with AD then you might get the output like below. The GID clearly shows that the user is coming from AD “domain users”.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# id daygeek
|
||||
|
||||
uid=1918901106(daygeek) gid=1918900513(domain users) groups=1918900513(domain users)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Identify That The Linux Server Is Integrated With AD Using nsswitch.conf file?
|
||||
|
||||
The Name Service Switch (NSS) configuration file, `/etc/nsswitch.conf`, is used by the GNU C Library and certain other applications to determine the sources from which to obtain name-service information in a range of categories, and in what order. Each category of information is identified by a database name.
|
||||
|
||||
You might get the output similar to below if the system is integrated with AD using `SSSD` service.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | grep -i "sss\|winbind\|ldap"
|
||||
|
||||
passwd: files sss
|
||||
shadow: files sss
|
||||
group: files sss
|
||||
services: files sss
|
||||
netgroup: files sss
|
||||
automount: files sss
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You might get the output similar to below if the system is integrated with AD using `winbind` service.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | grep -i "sss\|winbind\|ldap"
|
||||
|
||||
passwd: files [SUCCESS=return] winbind
|
||||
shadow: files [SUCCESS=return] winbind
|
||||
group: files [SUCCESS=return] winbind
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You might get the output similer to below if the system is integrated with AD using `ldap` service.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# cat /etc/nsswitch.conf | grep -i "sss\|winbind\|ldap"
|
||||
|
||||
passwd: files ldap
|
||||
shadow: files ldap
|
||||
group: files ldap
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Identify That The Linux Server Is Integrated With AD Using system-auth file?
|
||||
|
||||
It is Common configuration file for PAMified services.
|
||||
|
||||
PAM stands for Pluggable Authentication Module that provides dynamic authentication support for applications and services in Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
system-auth configuration file is provide a common interface for all applications and service daemons calling into the PAM library.
|
||||
|
||||
The system-auth configuration file is included from nearly all individual service configuration files with the help of the include directive.
|
||||
|
||||
You might get the output similar to below if the system is integrated with AD using `SSSD` service.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# cat /etc/pam.d/system-auth | grep -i "pam_sss.so\|pam_winbind.so\|pam_ldap.so"
|
||||
or
|
||||
# cat /etc/pam.d/system-auth-ac | grep -i "pam_sss.so\|pam_winbind.so\|pam_ldap.so"
|
||||
|
||||
auth sufficient pam_sss.so use_first_pass
|
||||
account [default=bad success=ok user_unknown=ignore] pam_sss.so
|
||||
password sufficient pam_sss.so use_authtok
|
||||
session optional pam_sss.so
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You might get the output similar to below if the system is integrated with AD using `winbind` service.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# cat /etc/pam.d/system-auth | grep -i "pam_sss.so\|pam_winbind.so\|pam_ldap.so"
|
||||
or
|
||||
# cat /etc/pam.d/system-auth-ac | grep -i "pam_sss.so\|pam_winbind.so\|pam_ldap.so"
|
||||
|
||||
auth sufficient pam_winbind.so cached_login use_first_pass
|
||||
account [default=bad success=ok user_unknown=ignore] pam_winbind.so cached_login
|
||||
password sufficient pam_winbind.so cached_login use_authtok
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You might get the output similar to below if the system is integrated with AD using `ldap` service.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# cat /etc/pam.d/system-auth | grep -i "pam_sss.so\|pam_winbind.so\|pam_ldap.so"
|
||||
or
|
||||
# cat /etc/pam.d/system-auth-ac | grep -i "pam_sss.so\|pam_winbind.so\|pam_ldap.so"
|
||||
|
||||
auth sufficient pam_ldap.so cached_login use_first_pass
|
||||
account [default=bad success=ok user_unknown=ignore] pam_ldap.so cached_login
|
||||
password sufficient pam_ldap.so cached_login use_authtok
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-identify-that-the-linux-server-is-integrated-with-active-directory-ad/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Vinoth Kumar][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/vinoth/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/join-integrate-rhel-centos-linux-system-to-windows-active-directory-ad-domain/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How to Install VirtualBox on Ubuntu [Beginner’s Tutorial])
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-virtualbox-ubuntu)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Abhishek Prakash https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/)
|
||||
|
||||
How to Install VirtualBox on Ubuntu [Beginner’s Tutorial]
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
**This beginner’s tutorial explains various ways to install VirtualBox on Ubuntu and other Debian-based Linux distributions.**
|
||||
|
||||
Oracle’s free and open source offering [VirtualBox][1] is an excellent virtualization tool, specially for desktop operating systems. I prefer using it over [VMWare Workstation in Linux][2], another virtualization tool.
|
||||
|
||||
You can use virtualization software like VirtualBox for installing and using another operating system within a virtual machine.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, you can [install Linux on VirtualBox inside Windows][3]. Similarly, you can also [install Windows inside Linux using VirtualBox][4].
|
||||
|
||||
You can also use VirtualBox for installing another Linux distribution in your current Linux system. Actually, this is what I use it for. If I hear about a nice Linux distribution, instead of installing it on a real system, I test it on a virtual machine. It’s more convenient when you just want to try out a distribution before making a decision about installing it on your actual machine.
|
||||
|
||||
![Linux installed inside Linux using VirtualBox][5]Ubuntu 18.10 installed inside Ubuntu 18.04
|
||||
|
||||
In this beginner’s tutorial, I’ll show you various ways of installing Oracle VirtualBox on Ubuntu and other Debian-based distributions.
|
||||
|
||||
### Installing VirtualBox on Ubuntu and Debian based Linux distributions
|
||||
|
||||
The installation methods mentioned here should also work for other Debian and Ubuntu-based Linux distributions such as Linux Mint, elementary OS etc.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Method 1: Install VirtualBox from Ubuntu Repository
|
||||
|
||||
**Pros** : Easy installation
|
||||
|
||||
**Cons** : Installs older version
|
||||
|
||||
The easiest way to install VirtualBox on Ubuntu would be to search for it in the Software Center and install it from there.
|
||||
|
||||
![VirtualBox in Ubuntu Software Center][6]VirtualBox is available in Ubuntu Software Center
|
||||
|
||||
You can also install it from the command line using the command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt install virtualbox
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you [check the package version before installing it][7], you’ll see that the VirtualBox provided by Ubuntu’s repository is quite old.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, the current VirtualBox version at the time of writing this tutorial is 6.0 but the one in Software Center is 5.2. This means you won’t get the newer features introduced in the [latest version of VirtualBox][8].
|
||||
|
||||
#### Method 2: Install VirtualBox using Deb file from Oracle’s website
|
||||
|
||||
**Pros** : Easily install the latest version
|
||||
|
||||
**Cons** : Can’t upgrade to newer version
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to use the latest version of VirtualBox on Ubuntu, the easiest way would be to [use the deb file][9].
|
||||
|
||||
Oracle provides read to use binary files for VirtualBox releases. If you look at its download page, you’ll see the option to download the deb installer files for Ubuntu and other distributions.
|
||||
|
||||
![VirtualBox Linux Download][10]
|
||||
|
||||
You just have to download this deb file and double click on it to install it. It’s as simple as that.
|
||||
|
||||
However, the problem with this method is that you won’t get automatically updated to the newer VirtualBox releases. The only way is to remove the existing version, download the newer version and install it again. That’s not very convenient, is it?
|
||||
|
||||
#### Method 3: Install VirualBox using Oracle’s repository
|
||||
|
||||
**Pros** : Automatically updates with system updates
|
||||
|
||||
**Cons** : Slightly complicated installation
|
||||
|
||||
Now this is the command line method and it may seem complicated to you but it has advantages over the previous two methods. You’ll get the latest version of VirtualBox and it will be automatically updated to the future releases. That’s what you would want, I presume.
|
||||
|
||||
To install VirtualBox using command line, you add the Oracle VirtualBox’s repository in your list of repositories. You add its GPG key so that your system trusts this repository. Now when you install VirtualBox, it will be installed from Oracle’s repository instead of Ubuntu’s repository. If there is a new version released, VirtualBox install will be updated along with the system updates. Let’s see how to do that.
|
||||
|
||||
First, add the key for the repository. You can download and add the key using this single command.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
wget -q https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox_2016.asc -O- | sudo apt-key add -
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Important for Mint users
|
||||
|
||||
The next step will work for Ubuntu only. If you are using Linux Mint or some other distribution based on Ubuntu, replace $(lsb_release -cs) in the command with the Ubuntu version your current version is based on. For example, Linux Mint 19 series users should use bionic and Mint 18 series users should use xenial. Something like this
|
||||
|
||||
sudo add-apt-repository “deb [arch=amd64] <http://download.virtualbox.org/virtualbox/debian> **bionic** contrib“
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Now add the Oracle VirtualBox repository in the list of repositories using this command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo add-apt-repository "deb [arch=amd64] http://download.virtualbox.org/virtualbox/debian $(lsb_release -cs) contrib"
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you have read my article on [checking Ubuntu version][11], you probably know that ‘lsb_release -cs’ will print the codename of your Ubuntu system.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note** : If you see [add-apt-repository command not found][12] error, you’ll have to install software-properties-common package.
|
||||
|
||||
Now that you have the correct repository added, refresh the list of available packages through these repositories and install VirtualBox.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt update && sudo apt install virtualbox-6.0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip** : A good idea would be to type sudo apt install **virtualbox–** and hit tab to see the various VirtualBox versions available for installation and then select one of them by typing it completely.
|
||||
|
||||
![Install VirtualBox via terminal][13]
|
||||
|
||||
### How to remove VirtualBox from Ubuntu
|
||||
|
||||
Now that you have learned to install VirtualBox, I would also mention the steps to remove it.
|
||||
|
||||
If you installed it from the Software Center, the easiest way to remove the application is from the Software Center itself. You just have to find it in the [list of installed applications][14] and click the Remove button.
|
||||
|
||||
Another ways is to use the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt remove virtualbox virtualbox-*
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this will not remove the virtual machines and the files associated with the operating systems you installed using VirtualBox. That’s not entirely a bad thing because you may want to keep them safe to use it later or in some other system.
|
||||
|
||||
**In the end…**
|
||||
|
||||
I hope you were able to pick one of the methods to install VirtualBox. I’ll also write about using it effectively in another article. For the moment, if you have and tips or suggestions or any questions, feel free to leave a comment below.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://itsfoss.com/install-virtualbox-ubuntu
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.virtualbox.org
|
||||
[2]: https://itsfoss.com/install-vmware-player-ubuntu-1310/
|
||||
[3]: https://itsfoss.com/install-linux-in-virtualbox/
|
||||
[4]: https://itsfoss.com/install-windows-10-virtualbox-linux/
|
||||
[5]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/linux-inside-linux-virtualbox.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
|
||||
[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/virtualbox-ubuntu-software-center.jpg?ssl=1
|
||||
[7]: https://itsfoss.com/know-program-version-before-install-ubuntu/
|
||||
[8]: https://itsfoss.com/oracle-virtualbox-release/
|
||||
[9]: https://itsfoss.com/install-deb-files-ubuntu/
|
||||
[10]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/virtualbox-download.jpg?resize=800%2C433&ssl=1
|
||||
[11]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-know-ubuntu-unity-version/
|
||||
[12]: https://itsfoss.com/add-apt-repository-command-not-found/
|
||||
[13]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/install-virtualbox-ubuntu-terminal.png?resize=800%2C165&ssl=1
|
||||
[14]: https://itsfoss.com/list-installed-packages-ubuntu/
|
||||
187
sources/tech/20190225 Netboot a Fedora Live CD.md
Normal file
187
sources/tech/20190225 Netboot a Fedora Live CD.md
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Netboot a Fedora Live CD)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://fedoramagazine.org/netboot-a-fedora-live-cd/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Gregory Bartholomew https://fedoramagazine.org/author/glb/)
|
||||
|
||||
Netboot a Fedora Live CD
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Live CDs][1] are useful for many tasks such as:
|
||||
|
||||
* installing the operating system to a hard drive
|
||||
* repairing a boot loader or performing other rescue-mode operations
|
||||
* providing a consistent and minimal environment for web browsing
|
||||
* …and [much more][2].
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
As an alternative to using DVDs and USB drives to store your Live CD images, you can upload them to an [iSCSI][3] server where they will be less likely to get lost or damaged. This guide shows you how to load your Live CD images onto an iSCSI server and access them with the [iPXE][4] boot loader.
|
||||
|
||||
### Download a Live CD Image
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ MY_RLSE=27
|
||||
$ MY_LIVE=$(wget -q -O - https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/archive/fedora/linux/releases/$MY_RLSE/Workstation/x86_64/iso | perl -ne '/(Fedora[^ ]*?-Live-[^ ]*?\.iso)(?{print $^N})/;')
|
||||
$ MY_NAME=fc$MY_RLSE
|
||||
$ wget -O $MY_NAME.iso https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/archive/fedora/linux/releases/$MY_RLSE/Workstation/x86_64/iso/$MY_LIVE
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The above commands download the Fedora-Workstation-Live-x86_64-27-1.6.iso Fedora Live image and save it as fc27.iso. Change the value of MY_RLSE to download other archived versions. Or you can browse to <https://getfedora.org/> to download the latest Fedora live image. Versions prior to 21 used different naming conventions, and must be [downloaded manually here][5]. If you download a Live CD image manually, set the MY_NAME variable to the basename of the file without the extension. That way the commands in the following sections will reference the correct file.
|
||||
|
||||
### Convert the Live CD Image
|
||||
|
||||
Use the livecd-iso-to-disk tool to convert the ISO file to a disk image and add the netroot parameter to the embedded kernel command line:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo dnf install -y livecd-tools
|
||||
$ MY_SIZE=$(du -ms $MY_NAME.iso | cut -f 1)
|
||||
$ dd if=/dev/zero of=$MY_NAME.img bs=1MiB count=0 seek=$(($MY_SIZE+512))
|
||||
$ MY_SRVR=server-01.example.edu
|
||||
$ MY_RVRS=$(echo $MY_SRVR | tr '.' "\n" | tac | tr "\n" '.' | cut -b -${#MY_SRVR})
|
||||
$ MY_LOOP=$(sudo losetup --show --nooverlap --find $MY_NAME.img)
|
||||
$ sudo livecd-iso-to-disk --format --extra-kernel-args netroot=iscsi:$MY_SRVR:::1:iqn.$MY_RVRS:$MY_NAME $MY_NAME.iso $MY_LOOP
|
||||
$ sudo losetup -d $MY_LOOP
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Upload the Live Image to your Server
|
||||
|
||||
Create a directory on your iSCSI server to store your live images and then upload your modified image to it.
|
||||
|
||||
**For releases 21 and greater:**
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ MY_FLDR=/images
|
||||
$ scp $MY_NAME.img $MY_SRVR:$MY_FLDR/
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**For releases prior to 21:**
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ MY_FLDR=/images
|
||||
$ MY_LOOP=$(sudo losetup --show --nooverlap --find --partscan $MY_NAME.img)
|
||||
$ sudo tune2fs -O ^has_journal ${MY_LOOP}p1
|
||||
$ sudo e2fsck ${MY_LOOP}p1
|
||||
$ sudo dd status=none if=${MY_LOOP}p1 | ssh $MY_SRVR "dd of=$MY_FLDR/$MY_NAME.img"
|
||||
$ sudo losetup -d $MY_LOOP
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Define the iSCSI Target
|
||||
|
||||
Run the following commands on your iSCSI server:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo -i
|
||||
# MY_NAME=fc27
|
||||
# MY_FLDR=/images
|
||||
# MY_SRVR=`hostname`
|
||||
# MY_RVRS=$(echo $MY_SRVR | tr '.' "\n" | tac | tr "\n" '.' | cut -b -${#MY_SRVR})
|
||||
# cat << END > /etc/tgt/conf.d/$MY_NAME.conf
|
||||
<target iqn.$MY_RVRS:$MY_NAME>
|
||||
backing-store $MY_FLDR/$MY_NAME.img
|
||||
readonly 1
|
||||
allow-in-use yes
|
||||
</target>
|
||||
END
|
||||
# tgt-admin --update ALL
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Create a Bootable USB Drive
|
||||
|
||||
The [iPXE][4] boot loader has a [sanboot][6] command you can use to connect to and start the live images hosted on your iSCSI server. It can be compiled in many different [formats][7]. The format that works best depends on the type of hardware you’re running. As an example, the following instructions show how to [chain load][8] iPXE from [syslinux][9] on a USB drive.
|
||||
|
||||
First, download iPXE and build it in its lkrn format. This should be done as a normal user on a workstation:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo dnf install -y git
|
||||
$ git clone http://git.ipxe.org/ipxe.git $HOME/ipxe
|
||||
$ sudo dnf groupinstall -y "C Development Tools and Libraries"
|
||||
$ cd $HOME/ipxe/src
|
||||
$ make clean
|
||||
$ make bin/ipxe.lkrn
|
||||
$ cp bin/ipxe.lkrn /tmp
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Next, prepare a USB drive with a MSDOS partition table and a FAT32 file system. The below commands assume that you have already connected the USB drive to be formatted. **Be careful that you do not format the wrong drive!**
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo -i
|
||||
# dnf install -y parted util-linux dosfstools
|
||||
# echo; find /dev/disk/by-id ! -regex '.*-part.*' -name 'usb-*' -exec readlink -f {} \; | xargs -i bash -c "parted -s {} unit MiB print | perl -0 -ne '/^Model: ([^(]*).*\n.*?([0-9]*MiB)/i && print \"Found: {} = \$2 \$1\n\"'"; echo; read -e -i "$(find /dev/disk/by-id ! -regex '.*-part.*' -name 'usb-*' -exec readlink -f {} \; -quit)" -p "Drive to format: " MY_USB
|
||||
# umount $MY_USB?
|
||||
# wipefs -a $MY_USB
|
||||
# parted -s $MY_USB mklabel msdos mkpart primary fat32 1MiB 100% set 1 boot on
|
||||
# mkfs -t vfat -F 32 ${MY_USB}1
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, install syslinux on the USB drive and configure it to chain load iPXE:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# dnf install -y syslinux-nonlinux
|
||||
# syslinux -i ${MY_USB}1
|
||||
# dd if=/usr/share/syslinux/mbr.bin of=${MY_USB}
|
||||
# MY_MNT=$(mktemp -d)
|
||||
# mount ${MY_USB}1 $MY_MNT
|
||||
# MY_NAME=fc27
|
||||
# MY_SRVR=server-01.example.edu
|
||||
# MY_RVRS=$(echo $MY_SRVR | tr '.' "\n" | tac | tr "\n" '.' | cut -b -${#MY_SRVR})
|
||||
# cat << END > $MY_MNT/syslinux.cfg
|
||||
ui menu.c32
|
||||
default $MY_NAME
|
||||
timeout 100
|
||||
menu title SYSLINUX
|
||||
label $MY_NAME
|
||||
menu label ${MY_NAME^^}
|
||||
kernel ipxe.lkrn
|
||||
append dhcp && sanboot iscsi:$MY_SRVR:::1:iqn.$MY_RVRS:$MY_NAME
|
||||
END
|
||||
# cp /usr/share/syslinux/menu.c32 $MY_MNT
|
||||
# cp /usr/share/syslinux/libutil.c32 $MY_MNT
|
||||
# cp /tmp/ipxe.lkrn $MY_MNT
|
||||
# umount ${MY_USB}1
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You should be able to use this same USB drive to netboot additional iSCSI targets simply by editing the syslinux.cfg file and adding additional menu entries.
|
||||
|
||||
This is just one method of loading iPXE. You could install syslinux directly on your workstation. Another option is to compile iPXE as an EFI executable and place it directly in your [ESP][10]. Yet another is to compile iPXE as a PXE loader and place it on your TFTP server to be referenced by DHCP. The best option depends on your environment.
|
||||
|
||||
### Final Notes
|
||||
|
||||
* You may want to add the –filename \EFI\BOOT\grubx64.efi parameter to the sanboot command if you compile iPXE in its EFI format.
|
||||
* It is possible to create custom live images. Refer to [Creating and using live CD][11] for more information.
|
||||
* It is possible to add the –overlay-size-mb and –home-size-mb parameters to the livecd-iso-to-disk command to create live images with persistent storage. However, if you have multiple concurrent users, you’ll need to set up your iSCSI server to manage separate per-user writeable overlays. This is similar to what was shown in the “[How to Build a Netboot Server, Part 4][12]” article.
|
||||
* The live images support a persistenthome option on their kernel command line (e.g. persistenthome=LABEL=HOME). Used together with CHAP-authenticated iSCSI targets, the persistenthome option provides an interesting alternative to NFS for centralized home directories.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://fedoramagazine.org/netboot-a-fedora-live-cd/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Gregory Bartholomew][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/glb/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Live_CD
|
||||
[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Live_CD#Uses
|
||||
[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISCSI
|
||||
[4]: https://ipxe.org/
|
||||
[5]: https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/archive/fedora/linux/releases/https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/archive/fedora/linux/releases/
|
||||
[6]: http://ipxe.org/cmd/sanboot/
|
||||
[7]: https://ipxe.org/appnote/buildtargets#boot_type
|
||||
[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chain_loading
|
||||
[9]: https://www.syslinux.org/wiki/index.php?title=SYSLINUX
|
||||
[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_system_partition
|
||||
[11]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/quick-docs/creating-and-using-a-live-installation-image/#proc_creating-and-using-live-cd
|
||||
[12]: https://fedoramagazine.org/how-to-build-a-netboot-server-part-4/
|
||||
239
sources/tech/20190226 All about -Curly Braces- in Bash.md
Normal file
239
sources/tech/20190226 All about -Curly Braces- in Bash.md
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (All about {Curly Braces} in Bash)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2019/2/all-about-curly-braces-bash)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Paul Brown https://www.linux.com/users/bro66)
|
||||
|
||||
All about {Curly Braces} in Bash
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
At this stage of our Bash basics series, it would be hard not to see some crossover between topics. For example, you have already seen a lot of brackets in the examples we have shown over the past several weeks, but the focus has been elsewhere.
|
||||
|
||||
For the next phase of the series, we’ll take a closer look at brackets, curly, curvy, or straight, how to use them, and what they do depending on where you use them. We will also tackle other ways of enclosing things, like when to use quotes, double-quotes, and backquotes.
|
||||
|
||||
This week, we're looking at curly brackets or _braces_ : `{}`.
|
||||
|
||||
### Array Builder
|
||||
|
||||
You have already encountered curly brackets before in [The Meaning of Dot][1]. There, the focus was on the use of the dot/period (`.`), but using braces to build a sequence was equally important.
|
||||
|
||||
As we saw then:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
echo {0..10}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
prints out the numbers from 0 to 10. Using:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
echo {10..0}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
prints out the same numbers, but in reverse order. And,
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
echo {10..0..2}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
prints every second number, starting with 10 and making its way backwards to 0.
|
||||
|
||||
Then,
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
echo {z..a..2}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
prints every second letter, starting with _z_ and working its way backwards until _a_.
|
||||
|
||||
And so on and so forth.
|
||||
|
||||
Another thing you can do is combine two or more sequences:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
echo {a..z}{a..z}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This prints out all the two letter combinations of the alphabet, from _aa_ to _zz_.
|
||||
|
||||
Is this useful? Well, actually it is. You see, arrays in Bash are defined by putting elements between parenthesis `()` and separating each element using a space, like this:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
month=("Jan" "Feb" "Mar" "Apr" "May" "Jun" "Jul" "Aug" "Sep" "Oct" "Nov" "Dec")
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
To access an element within the array, you use its index within brackets `[]`:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ echo ${month[3]} # Array indexes start at [0], so [3] points to the fourth item
|
||||
|
||||
Apr
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You can accept all those brackets, parentheses, and braces on faith for a moment. We'll talk about them presently.
|
||||
|
||||
Notice that, all things being equal, you can create an array with something like this:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
letter_combos=({a..z}{a..z})
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
and `letter_combos` points to an array that contains all the 2-letter combinations of the entire alphabet.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also do this:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
dec2bin=({0..1}{0..1}{0..1}{0..1}{0..1}{0..1}{0..1}{0..1})
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This last one is particularly interesting because `dec2bin` now contains all the binary numbers for an 8-bit register, in ascending order, starting with 00000000, 00000001, 00000010, etc., until reaching 11111111. You can use this to build yourself an 8-bit decimal-to-binary converter. Say you want to know what 25 is in binary. You can do this:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ echo ${dec2bin[25]}
|
||||
|
||||
00011001
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Yes, there are better ways of converting decimal to binary as we saw in [the article where we discussed & as a logical operator][2], but it is still interesting, right?
|
||||
|
||||
### Parameter expansion
|
||||
|
||||
Getting back to
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
echo ${month[3]}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Here the braces `{}` are not being used as apart of a sequence builder, but as a way of generating _parameter expansion_. Parameter expansion involves what it says on the box: it takes the variable or expression within the braces and expands it to whatever it represents.
|
||||
|
||||
In this case, `month` is the array we defined earlier, that is:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
month=("Jan" "Feb" "Mar" "Apr" "May" "Jun" "Jul" "Aug" "Sep" "Oct" "Nov" "Dec")
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
And, item 3 within the array points to `"Apr"` (remember: the first index in an array in Bash is `[0]`). That means that `echo ${month[3]}`, after the expansion, translates to `echo "Apr"`.
|
||||
|
||||
Interpreting a variable as its value is one way of expanding it, but there are a few more you can leverage. You can use parameter expansion to manipulate what you read from variable, say, by cutting a chunk off the end.
|
||||
|
||||
Suppose you have a variable like:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
a="Too longgg"
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
echo ${a%gg}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
chops off the last two gs and prints " _Too long_ ".
|
||||
|
||||
Breaking this down,
|
||||
|
||||
* `${...}` tells the shell to expand whatever is inside it
|
||||
* `a` is the variable you are working with
|
||||
* `%` tells the shell you want to chop something off the end of the expanded variable ("Too longgg")
|
||||
* and `gg` is what you want to chop off.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This can be useful for converting files from one format to another. Allow me to explain with a slight digression:
|
||||
|
||||
[ImageMagick][3] is a set of command line tools that lets you manipulate and modify images. One of its most useful tools ImageMagick comes with is `convert`. In its simplest form `convert` allows you to, given an image in a certain format, make a copy of it in another format.
|
||||
|
||||
The following command takes a JPEG image called _image.jpg_ and creates a PNG copy called _image.png_ :
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
convert image.jpg image.png
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
ImageMagick is often pre-installed on most Linux distros. If you can't find it, look for it in your distro's software manager.
|
||||
|
||||
Okay, end of digression. On to the example:
|
||||
|
||||
With variable expansion, you can do the same as shown above like this:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
i=image.jpg
|
||||
|
||||
convert $i ${i%jpg}png
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
What you are doing here is chopping off the extension `jpg` from `i` and then adding `png`, making the command `convert image.jpg image.png`.
|
||||
|
||||
You may be wondering how this is more useful than just writing in the name of the file. Well, when you have a directory containing hundreds of JPEG images, you need to convert to PNG, run the following in it:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
for i in *.jpg; do convert $i ${i%jpg}png; done
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
... and, hey presto! All the pictures get converted automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to chop off a chunk from the beginning of a variable, instead of `%`, use `#`:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ a="Hello World!"
|
||||
|
||||
$ echo Goodbye${a#Hello}
|
||||
|
||||
Goodbye World!
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
There's quite a bit more to parameter expansion, but a lot of it makes sense only when you are writing scripts. We'll explore more on that topic later in this series.
|
||||
|
||||
### Output Grouping
|
||||
|
||||
Meanwhile, let's finish up with something simple: you can also use `{ ... }` to group the output from several commands into one big blob. The command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
echo "I found all these PNGs:"; find . -iname "*.png"; echo "Within this bunch of files:"; ls > PNGs.txt
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
will execute all the commands but will only copy into the _PNGs.txt_ file the output from the last `ls` command in the list. However, doing
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
{ echo "I found all these PNGs:"; find . -iname "*.png"; echo "Within this bunch of files:"; ls; } > PNGs.txt
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
creates the file _PNGs.txt_ with everything, starting with the line " _I found all these PNGs:_ ", then the list of PNG files returned by `find`, then the line "Within this bunch of files:" and finishing up with the complete list of files and directories within the current directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Notice that there is space between the braces and the commands enclosed within them. That’s because `{` and `}` are _reserved words_ here, commands built into the shell. They would roughly translate to " _group the outputs of all these commands together_ " in plain English.
|
||||
|
||||
Also notice that the list of commands has to end with a semicolon (`;`) or the whole thing will bork.
|
||||
|
||||
### Next Time
|
||||
|
||||
In our next installment, we'll be looking at more things that enclose other things, but of different shapes. Until then, have fun!
|
||||
|
||||
Read more:
|
||||
|
||||
[And, Ampersand, and & in Linux][4]
|
||||
|
||||
[Ampersands and File Descriptors in Bash][5]
|
||||
|
||||
[Logical & in Bash][2]
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2019/2/all-about-curly-braces-bash
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Paul Brown][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/bro66
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2019/1/linux-tools-meaning-dot
|
||||
[2]: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2019/2/logical-ampersand-bash
|
||||
[3]: http://www.imagemagick.org/
|
||||
[4]: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2019/2/and-ampersand-and-linux
|
||||
[5]: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2019/2/ampersands-and-file-descriptors-bash
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How To SSH Into A Particular Directory On Linux)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-ssh-into-a-particular-directory-on-linux/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (SK https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/)
|
||||
|
||||
How To SSH Into A Particular Directory On Linux
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Have you ever been in a situation where you want to SSH to a remote server and immediately cd into a directory and continue work interactively? You’re on the right track! This brief tutorial describes how to directly SSH into a particular directory of a remote Linux system. Not just SSH into a specific directory, you can run any command immediately right after connecting to an SSH server as described in this guide. It is not that difficult as you might think. Read on.
|
||||
|
||||
### SSH Into A Particular Directory Of A Remote System
|
||||
|
||||
Before I knew this method, I would usually first SSH to the remote remote system using command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ ssh user@remote-system
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
And then cd into a directory like below:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ cd <some-directory>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
However, you need not to use two separate commands. You can combine these commands and simplify the task with one command.
|
||||
|
||||
Have a look at the following example.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ ssh -t sk@192.168.225.22 'cd /home/sk/ostechnix ; bash'
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The above command will SSH into a remote system (192.168.225.22) and immediately cd into a directory named **‘/home/sk/ostechnix/’** directory and leave yourself at the prompt.
|
||||
|
||||
Here, the **-t** flag is used to force pseudo-terminal allocation, which is necessary or an interactive shell.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is the sample output of the above command:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
You can also use this command as well.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ ssh -t sk@192.168.225.22 'cd /home/sk/ostechnix ; exec bash'
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Or,
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ ssh -t sk@192.168.225.22 'cd /home/sk/ostechnix && exec bash -l'
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Here, the **-l** flag sets the bash as login shell.
|
||||
|
||||
In the above example, I have used **bash** in the last argument. It is the default shell in my remote system. If you don’t know the shell type on the remote system, use the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ ssh -t sk@192.168.225.22 'cd /home/sk/ostechnix && exec $SHELL'
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Like I already said, this is not just for cd into directory after connecting to an remote system. You can use this trick to run other commands as well. For example, the following command will land you inside ‘/home/sk/ostechnix/’ directory and then execute ‘uname -a’ command.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ ssh -t sk@192.168.225.22 'cd /home/sk/ostechnix && uname -a && exec $SHELL'
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, you can add the command(s) you wanted to run after connecting to an SSH server on the remote system’s **.bash_profile** file.
|
||||
|
||||
Edit **.bash_profile** file:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ nano ~/.bash_profile
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Add the command(s) one by one. In my case, I am adding the following line:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
cd /home/sk/ostechnix >& /dev/null
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Save and close the file. Finally, run the following command to update the changes.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ source ~/.bash_profile
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that you should add this line on the remote system’s **.bash_profile** or **.bashrc** file, not in your local system’s. From now on, whenever you login (whether by SSH or direct), the cd command will execute and you will be automatically landed inside “/home/sk/ostechnix/” directory.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned!
|
||||
|
||||
Cheers!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-ssh-into-a-particular-directory-on-linux/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[SK][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Linux security: Cmd provides visibility, control over user activity)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3342454/linux-security-cmd-provides-visibility-control-over-user-activity.html)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
|
||||
|
||||
Linux security: Cmd provides visibility, control over user activity
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
There's a new Linux security tool you should be aware of — Cmd (pronounced "see em dee") dramatically modifies the kind of control that can be exercised over Linux users. It reaches way beyond the traditional configuration of user privileges and takes an active role in monitoring and controlling the commands that users are able to run on Linux systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Provided by a company of the same name, Cmd focuses on cloud usage. Given the increasing number of applications being migrated into cloud environments that rely on Linux, gaps in the available tools make it difficult to adequately enforce required security. However, Cmd can also be used to manage and protect on-premises systems.
|
||||
|
||||
### How Cmd differs from traditional Linux security controls
|
||||
|
||||
The leaders at Cmd — Milun Tesovic and Jake King — say organizations cannot confidently predict or control user behavior until they understand how users work routinely and what is considered “normal.” They seek to provide a tool that will granularly control, monitor, and authenticate user activity.
|
||||
|
||||
Cmd monitors user activity by forming user activity profiles (characterizing the activities these users generally perform), noticing abnormalities in their online behavior (login times, commands used, user locations, etc.), and preventing and reporting certain activities (e.g., downloading or modifying files and running privileged commands) that suggest some kind of system compromise might be underway. The product's behaviors are configurable and changes can be made rapidly.
|
||||
|
||||
The kind of tools most of us are using today to detect threats, identify vulnerabilities, and control user privileges have taken us a long way, but we are still fighting the battle to keep our systems and data safe. Cmd brings us a lot closer to identifying the intentions of hostile users whether those users are people who have managed to break into accounts or represent insider threats.
|
||||
|
||||
![1 sources live sessions][1]
|
||||
|
||||
View live Linux sessions
|
||||
|
||||
### How does Cmd work?
|
||||
|
||||
In monitoring and managing user activity, Cmd:
|
||||
|
||||
* Collects information that profiles user activity
|
||||
* Uses the baseline to determine what is considered normal
|
||||
* Detects and proactively prevents threats using specific indicators
|
||||
* Sends alerts to responsible people
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
![2 triggers][3]
|
||||
|
||||
Building custom policies in Cmd
|
||||
|
||||
Cmd goes beyond defining what sysadmins can control through traditional methods, such as configuring sudo privileges, providing much more granular and situation-specific controls.
|
||||
|
||||
Administrators can select escalation policies that can be managed separately from the user privilege controls managed by Linux sysadmins.
|
||||
|
||||
The Cmd agent provides real-time visibility (not after-the-fact log analysis) and can block actions, require additional authentication, or negotiate authorization as needed.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, Cmd supports custom rules based on geolocation if user locations are available. And new policies can be pushed to agents deployed on hosts within minutes.
|
||||
|
||||
![3 command blocked][4]
|
||||
|
||||
Building a trigger query in Cmd
|
||||
|
||||
### Funding news for Cmd
|
||||
|
||||
[Cmd][2] recently got a financial boost, having [completed of a $15 million round of funding][5] led by [GV][6] (formerly Google Ventures) with participation from Expa, Amplify Partners, and additional strategic investors. This brings the company's raised funding to $21.6 million and will help it continue to add new defensive capabilities to the product and grow its engineering teams.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, the company appointed Karim Faris, general partner at GV, to its board of directors.
|
||||
|
||||
Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][7] and [LinkedIn][8] to comment on topics that are top of mind.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3342454/linux-security-cmd-provides-visibility-control-over-user-activity.html
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2019/02/1-sources-live-sessions-100789431-large.jpg
|
||||
[2]: https://cmd.com
|
||||
[3]: https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2019/02/2-triggers-100789432-large.jpg
|
||||
[4]: https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2019/02/3-command-blocked-100789433-large.jpg
|
||||
[5]: https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/changing-cybersecurity-announcing-cmds-15-million-funding-jake-king/
|
||||
[6]: https://www.gv.com/
|
||||
[7]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
|
||||
[8]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How To Check Password Complexity/Strength And Score In Linux?)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-check-password-complexity-strength-and-score-in-linux/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Magesh Maruthamuthu https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/)
|
||||
|
||||
How To Check Password Complexity/Strength And Score In Linux?
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
We all know the password importance. It’s a best practices to use hard and guess password.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, i advise you to use the different password for each services such as email, ftp, ssh, etc.,
|
||||
|
||||
In top of that i suggest you guys to change the password frequently to avoid an unnecessary hacking attempt.
|
||||
|
||||
By default RHEL and it’s clone uses `cracklib` module to check password strength.
|
||||
|
||||
We are going to teach you, how to check the password strength using cracklib module.
|
||||
|
||||
If you would like to check the password score which you have created then use the `pwscore` package.
|
||||
|
||||
If you would like to create a good password, basically it should have minimum 12-15 characters length.
|
||||
|
||||
It should be created in the following combinations like, Alphabets (Lower case & Upper case), Numbers and Special Characters.
|
||||
|
||||
There are many utilities are available in Linux to check a password complexity and we are going to discuss about `cracklib` module today.
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Install cracklib module In Linux?
|
||||
|
||||
The cracklib module is available in most of the distribution repository so, use the distribution official package manager to install it.
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Fedora`** system, use **[DNF Command][1]** to install cracklib.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo dnf install cracklib
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Debian/Ubuntu`** systems, use **[APT-GET Command][2]** or **[APT Command][3]** to install libcrack2.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo apt install libcrack2
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Arch Linux`** based systems, use **[Pacman Command][4]** to install cracklib.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo pacman -S cracklib
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`RHEL/CentOS`** systems, use **[YUM Command][5]** to install cracklib.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo yum install cracklib
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`openSUSE Leap`** system, use **[Zypper Command][6]** to install cracklib.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo zypper install cracklib
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Use The cracklib module In Linux To Check Password Complexity?
|
||||
|
||||
I have added few example in this article to make you understand better about this module.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are given any words like, person name or place name or common word then you will be getting an message “it is based on a dictionary word”.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ echo "password" | cracklib-check
|
||||
password: it is based on a dictionary word
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The default password length in Linux is `Seven` characters. If you give any password less than seven characters then you will be getting an message “it is WAY too short”.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ echo "123" | cracklib-check
|
||||
123: it is WAY too short
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You will be getting `OK` When you give good password like us.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ echo "ME$2w!@fgty6723" | cracklib-check
|
||||
ME!@fgty6723: OK
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Install pwscore In Linux?
|
||||
|
||||
The pwscore package is available in most of the distribution official repository so, use the distribution package manager to install it.
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Fedora`** system, use **[DNF Command][1]** to install libpwquality.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo dnf install libpwquality
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Debian/Ubuntu`** systems, use **[APT-GET Command][2]** or **[APT Command][3]** to install libpwquality.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo apt install libpwquality
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Arch Linux`** based systems, use **[Pacman Command][4]** to install libpwquality.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo pacman -S libpwquality
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`RHEL/CentOS`** systems, use **[YUM Command][5]** to install libpwquality.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo yum install libpwquality
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`openSUSE Leap`** system, use **[Zypper Command][6]** to install libpwquality.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo zypper install libpwquality
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you are given any words like, person name or place name or common word then you will be getting a message “it is based on a dictionary word”.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ echo "password" | pwscore
|
||||
Password quality check failed:
|
||||
The password fails the dictionary check - it is based on a dictionary word
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The default password length in Linux is `Seven` characters. If you give any password less than seven characters then you will be getting an message “it is WAY too short”.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ echo "123" | pwscore
|
||||
Password quality check failed:
|
||||
The password is shorter than 8 characters
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You will be getting `password score` When you give good password like us.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ echo "ME!@fgty6723" | pwscore
|
||||
90
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-check-password-complexity-strength-and-score-in-linux/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Magesh Maruthamuthu][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/dnf-command-examples-manage-packages-fedora-system/
|
||||
[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/apt-get-apt-cache-command-examples-manage-packages-debian-ubuntu-systems/
|
||||
[3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/apt-command-examples-manage-packages-debian-ubuntu-systems/
|
||||
[4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/pacman-command-examples-manage-packages-arch-linux-system/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.2daygeek.com/yum-command-examples-manage-packages-rhel-centos-systems/
|
||||
[6]: https://www.2daygeek.com/zypper-command-examples-manage-packages-opensuse-system/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How To Find Available Network Interfaces On Linux)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-find-available-network-interfaces-on-linux/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (SK https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/)
|
||||
|
||||
How To Find Available Network Interfaces On Linux
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
One of the common task we do after installing a Linux system is network configuration. Of course, you can configure network interfaces during the installation time. But, some of you might prefer to do it after installation or change the existing settings. As you know already, you must first know how many interfaces are available on the system in-order to configure network settings from command line. This brief tutorial addresses all the possible ways to find available network interfaces on Linux and Unix operating systems.
|
||||
|
||||
### Find Available Network Interfaces On Linux
|
||||
|
||||
We can find the available network cards in couple ways.
|
||||
|
||||
**Method 1 – Using ‘ifconfig’ Command:**
|
||||
|
||||
The most commonly used method to find the network interface details is using **‘ifconfig’** command. I believe some of Linux users might still use this.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ ifconfig -a
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Sample output:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
enp5s0: flags=4098<BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
|
||||
ether 24:b6:fd:37:8b:29 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
|
||||
RX packets 0 bytes 0 (0.0 B)
|
||||
RX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0
|
||||
TX packets 0 bytes 0 (0.0 B)
|
||||
TX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0
|
||||
|
||||
lo: flags=73<UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING> mtu 65536
|
||||
inet 127.0.0.1 netmask 255.0.0.0
|
||||
inet6 ::1 prefixlen 128 scopeid 0x10<host>
|
||||
loop txqueuelen 1000 (Local Loopback)
|
||||
RX packets 171420 bytes 303980988 (289.8 MiB)
|
||||
RX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0
|
||||
TX packets 171420 bytes 303980988 (289.8 MiB)
|
||||
TX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0
|
||||
|
||||
wlp9s0: flags=4163<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
|
||||
inet 192.168.225.37 netmask 255.255.255.0 broadcast 192.168.225.255
|
||||
inet6 2409:4072:6183:c604:c218:85ff:fe50:474f prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x0<global>
|
||||
inet6 fe80::c218:85ff:fe50:474f prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x20<link>
|
||||
ether c0:18:85:50:47:4f txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
|
||||
RX packets 564574 bytes 628671925 (599.5 MiB)
|
||||
RX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0
|
||||
TX packets 299706 bytes 60535732 (57.7 MiB)
|
||||
TX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
As you see in the above output, I have two network interfaces namely **enp5s0** (on board wired ethernet adapter) and **wlp9s0** (wireless network adapter) on my Linux box. Here, **lo** is loopback interface, which is used to access all network services locally. It has an ip address of 127.0.0.1.
|
||||
|
||||
We can also use the same ‘ifconfig’ command in many UNIX variants, for example **FreeBSD** , to list available network cards.
|
||||
|
||||
**Method 2 – Using ‘ip’ Command:**
|
||||
|
||||
The ‘ifconfig’ command is deprecated in the latest Linux versions. So you can use **‘ip’** command to display the network interfaces as shown below.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ ip link show
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Sample output:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
|
||||
link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00
|
||||
2: enp5s0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
|
||||
link/ether 24:b6:fd:37:8b:29 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
|
||||
3: wlp9s0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UP mode DORMANT group default qlen 1000
|
||||
link/ether c0:18:85:50:47:4f brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
You can also use the following commands as well.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ ip addr
|
||||
|
||||
$ ip -s link
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Did you notice that these command also shows the connected state of the network interfaces? If you closely look at the above output, you will notice that my Ethernet card is not connected with network cable (see the word **“DOWN”** in the above output). And wireless network card is connected (See the word **“UP”** ). For more details, check our previous guide to [**find the connected state of network interfaces on Linux**][1].
|
||||
|
||||
These two commands (ifconfig and ip) are just enough to find the available network cards on your Linux systems.
|
||||
|
||||
However, there are few other methods available to list network interfaces on Linux. Here you go.
|
||||
|
||||
**Method 3:**
|
||||
|
||||
The Linux Kernel saves the network interface details inside **/sys/class/net** directory. You can verify the list of available interfaces by looking into this directory.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ ls /sys/class/net
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Output:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
enp5s0 lo wlp9s0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Method 4:**
|
||||
|
||||
In Linux operating systems, **/proc/net/dev** file contains statistics about network interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
To view the available network cards, just view its contents using command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ cat /proc/net/dev
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Output:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Inter-| Receive | Transmit
|
||||
face |bytes packets errs drop fifo frame compressed multicast|bytes packets errs drop fifo colls carrier compressed
|
||||
wlp9s0: 629189631 566078 0 0 0 0 0 0 60822472 300922 0 0 0 0 0 0
|
||||
enp5s0: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
|
||||
lo: 303980988 171420 0 0 0 0 0 0 303980988 171420 0 0 0 0 0 0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Method 5: Using ‘netstat’ command**
|
||||
|
||||
The **netstat** command displays various details such as network connections, routing tables, interface statistics, masquerade connections, and multicast memberships.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ netstat -i
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Sample output:**
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Kernel Interface table
|
||||
Iface MTU RX-OK RX-ERR RX-DRP RX-OVR TX-OK TX-ERR TX-DRP TX-OVR Flg
|
||||
lo 65536 171420 0 0 0 171420 0 0 0 LRU
|
||||
wlp9s0 1500 565625 0 0 0 300543 0 0 0 BMRU
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Please be mindful that netstat is obsolete. The Replacement for “netstat -i” is “ip -s link”. Also note that this method will list only the active interfaces, not all available interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
**Method 6: Using ‘nmcli’ command**
|
||||
|
||||
The nmcli is nmcli is a command-line tool for controlling NetworkManager and reporting network status. It is used to create, display, edit, delete, activate, and deactivate network connections and display network status.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have Linux system with Network Manager installed, you can list the available network interfaces using nmcli tool using the following commands:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ nmcli device status
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Or,
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ nmcli connection show
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You know now how to find the available network interfaces on Linux. Next, check the following guides to know how to configure IP address on Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
[How To Configure Static IP Address In Linux And Unix][2]
|
||||
|
||||
[How To Configure IP Address In Ubuntu 18.04 LTS][3]
|
||||
|
||||
[How To Configure Static And Dynamic IP Address In Arch Linux][4]
|
||||
|
||||
[How To Assign Multiple IP Addresses To Single Network Card In Linux][5]
|
||||
|
||||
If you know any other quick ways to do it, please share them in the comment section below. I will check and update the guide with your inputs.
|
||||
|
||||
And, that’s all. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned!
|
||||
|
||||
Cheers!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-find-available-network-interfaces-on-linux/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[SK][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-find-out-the-connected-state-of-a-network-cable-in-linux/
|
||||
[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/configure-static-ip-address-linux-unix/
|
||||
[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-configure-ip-address-in-ubuntu-18-04-lts/
|
||||
[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/configure-static-dynamic-ip-address-arch-linux/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-assign-multiple-ip-addresses-to-single-network-card-in-linux/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How to Display Weather Information in Ubuntu 18.04)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/display-weather-ubuntu)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Sergiu https://itsfoss.com/author/sergiu/)
|
||||
|
||||
How to Display Weather Information in Ubuntu 18.04
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
You’ve got a fresh Ubuntu install and you’re [customizing Ubuntu][1] to your liking. You want the best experience and the best apps for your needs.
|
||||
|
||||
The only thing missing is a weather app. Luckily for you, we got you covered. Just make sure you have the Universe repository enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
![Tools to Display Weather Information in Ubuntu Linux][2]
|
||||
|
||||
### 8 Ways to Display Weather Information in Ubuntu 18.04
|
||||
|
||||
Back in the Unity days, there were a few popular options like My Weather Indicator to display weather on your system. Those options are either discontinued or not available in Ubuntu 18.04 and higher versions anymore.
|
||||
|
||||
Fortunately, there are many other options to choose from. Some are minimalist and plain simple to use, some offer detailed information (or even present you with news headlines) and some are made for terminal gurus. Whatever your needs may be, the right app is waiting for you.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** The presented apps are in no particular order of ranking.
|
||||
|
||||
**Top Panel Apps**
|
||||
|
||||
These applications usually sit on the top panel of your screen. Good for quick look at the temperature.
|
||||
|
||||
#### 1\. OpenWeather Shell Extension
|
||||
|
||||
![Open Weather Gnome Shell Extesnsion][3]
|
||||
|
||||
**Key features:**
|
||||
|
||||
* Simple to install and customize
|
||||
* Uses OpenWeatherMap (by default)
|
||||
* Many Units and Layout options
|
||||
* Can save multiple locations (that can easily be changed)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This is a great extension presenting you information in a simple manner. There are multiple ways to install this. It is the weather app that I find myself using the most, because it’s just a simple, no-hassle integrated weather display for the top panel.
|
||||
|
||||
**How to Install:**
|
||||
|
||||
I recommend reading this [detailed tutorial about using GNOME extensions][4]. The easiest way to install this extension is to open up a terminal and run:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt install gnome-shell-extension-weather
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Then all you have to restart the gnome shell by executing:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Alt+F2
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Enter **r** and press **Enter**.
|
||||
|
||||
Now open up **Tweaks** (gnome tweak tool) and enable **Openweather** in the **Extensions** tab.
|
||||
|
||||
#### 2\. gnome-weather
|
||||
|
||||
![Gnome Weather App UI][5]
|
||||
![Gnome Weather App Top Panel][6]
|
||||
|
||||
**Key features:**
|
||||
|
||||
* Pleasant Design
|
||||
* Integrated into Calendar (Top Panel)
|
||||
* Simple Install
|
||||
* Flatpak install available
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This app is great for new users. The installation is only one command and the app is easy to use. Although it doesn’t have as many features as other apps, it is still great if you don’t want to bother with multiple settings and a complex install procedure.
|
||||
|
||||
**How to Install:**
|
||||
|
||||
All you have to do is run:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt install gnome-weather
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Now search for **Weather** and the app should pop up. After logging out (and logging back in), the Calendar extension will be displayed.
|
||||
|
||||
If you prefer, you can get a [flatpak][7] version.
|
||||
|
||||
#### 3\. Meteo
|
||||
|
||||
![Meteo Weather App UI][8]
|
||||
![Meteo Weather System Tray][9]
|
||||
|
||||
**Key features:**
|
||||
|
||||
* Great UI
|
||||
* Integrated into System Tray (Top Panel)
|
||||
* Simple Install
|
||||
* Great features (Maps)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Meteo is a snap app on the heavier side. Most of that weight comes from the great Maps features, with maps presenting temperatures, clouds, precipitations, pressure and wind speed. It’s a distinct feature that I haven’t encountered in any other weather app.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note** : After changing location, you might have to quit and restart the app for the changes to be applied in the system tray.
|
||||
|
||||
**How to Install:**
|
||||
|
||||
Open up the **Ubuntu Software Center** and search for **Meteo**. Install and launch.
|
||||
|
||||
**Desktop Apps**
|
||||
|
||||
These are basically desktop widgets. They look good and provide more information at a glance.
|
||||
|
||||
#### 4\. Temps
|
||||
|
||||
![Temps Weather App UI][10]
|
||||
|
||||
**Key features:**
|
||||
|
||||
* Beautiful Design
|
||||
* Useful Hotkeys
|
||||
* Hourly Temperature Graph
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Temps is an electron app with a beautiful UI (though not exactly “light”). The most unique features are the temperature graphs. The hotkeys might feel unintuitive at first, but they prove to be useful in the long run. The app will minimize when you click somewhere else. Just press Ctrl+Shift+W to bring it back.
|
||||
|
||||
This app is **Open-Source** , and the developer can’t afford the cost of a faster API key, so you might want to create your own API at [OpenWeatherMap][11].
|
||||
|
||||
**How to Install:**
|
||||
|
||||
Go to the website and download the version you need (probably 64-bit). Extract the archive. Open the extracted directory and double-click on **Temps**. Press Ctrl+Shift+W if the window minimizes.
|
||||
|
||||
#### 5\. Cumulus
|
||||
|
||||
![Cumulus Weather App UI][12]
|
||||
|
||||
**Key features:**
|
||||
|
||||
* Color Selector for background and text
|
||||
|
||||
* Re-sizable window
|
||||
|
||||
* Tray Icon (temperature only)
|
||||
|
||||
* Allows multiple instances with different locations etc.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Cumulus is a greatly customizable weather app, with a backend supporting Yahoo! Weather and OpenWeatherMap. The UI is great and the installer is simple to use. This app has amazing features. It’s one of the few weather apps that allow for multiple instances. You should definitely try it you are looking for an experience tailored to your preferences.
|
||||
|
||||
**How to Install:**
|
||||
|
||||
Go to the website and download the (online) installer. Open up a terminal and **cd** (change directory) to the directory where you downloaded the file.
|
||||
|
||||
Then run
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
chmod +x Cumulus-online-installer-x64
|
||||
./Cumulus-online-installer-x64
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Search for **Cumulus** and enjoy the app!
|
||||
|
||||
**Terminal Apps**
|
||||
|
||||
You are a terminal dweller? You can check the weather right in your terminal.
|
||||
|
||||
#### 7\. WeGo
|
||||
|
||||
![WeGo Weather App Terminal][13]
|
||||
|
||||
**Key features:**
|
||||
|
||||
* Supports different APIs
|
||||
* Pretty detailed
|
||||
* Customizable config
|
||||
* Multi-language support
|
||||
* 1 to 7 day forecast
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
WeGo is a Go app for displaying weather info in the terminal. It’s install can be a little tricky, but it’s easy to set up. You’ll need to register an API Key [here][14] (if using **forecast.io** , which is default). Once you set it up, it’s fairly practical for someone who mostly works in the terminal.
|
||||
|
||||
**How to Install:**
|
||||
|
||||
I recommend you to check out the GitHub page for complete information on installation, setup and features.
|
||||
|
||||
#### 8\. Wttr.in
|
||||
|
||||
![Wttr.in Weather App Terminal][15]
|
||||
|
||||
**Key features:**
|
||||
|
||||
* Simple install
|
||||
* Easy to use
|
||||
* Lightweight
|
||||
* 3 day forecast
|
||||
* Moon phase
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If you really live in the terminal, this is the weather app for you. This is as lightweight as it gets. You can specify location (by default the app tries to detect your current location) and a few other parameters (eg. units).
|
||||
|
||||
**How to Install:**
|
||||
|
||||
Open up a terminal and install Curl:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt install curl
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Then:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
curl wttr.in
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
That’s it. You can specify location and parameters like so:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
curl wttr.in/london?m
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
To check out other options type:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
curl wttr.in/:help
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you found some settings you enjoy and you find yourself using them frequently, you might want to add an **alias**. To do so, open **~/.bashrc** with your favorite editor (that’s **vim** , terminal wizard). Go to the end and paste in
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
alias wttr='curl wttr.in/CITY_NAME?YOUR_PARAMS'
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
alias wttr='curl wttr.in/london?m'
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Save and close **~/.bashrc** and run the command below to source the new file.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
source ~/.bashrc
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Now, typing **wttr** in the terminal and pressing Enter should execute your custom command.
|
||||
|
||||
**Wrapping Up**
|
||||
|
||||
These are a handful of the weather apps available for Ubuntu. We hope our list helped you discover an app fitting your needs, be that something with pleasant aesthetics or just a quick tool.
|
||||
|
||||
What is your favorite weather app? Tell us about what you enjoy and why in the comments section.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://itsfoss.com/display-weather-ubuntu
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Sergiu][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/sergiu/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://itsfoss.com/gnome-tricks-ubuntu/
|
||||
[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/display-weather-ubuntu.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
|
||||
[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/open_weather_gnome_shell-1-1.jpg?fit=800%2C383&ssl=1
|
||||
[4]: https://itsfoss.com/gnome-shell-extensions/
|
||||
[5]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/gnome_weather_ui.jpg?fit=800%2C599&ssl=1
|
||||
[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/gnome_weather_top_panel.png?fit=800%2C587&ssl=1
|
||||
[7]: https://flatpak.org/
|
||||
[8]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/meteo_ui.jpg?fit=800%2C547&ssl=1
|
||||
[9]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/meteo_system_tray.png?fit=800%2C653&ssl=1
|
||||
[10]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/temps_ui.png?fit=800%2C623&ssl=1
|
||||
[11]: https://openweathermap.org/
|
||||
[12]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/cumulus_ui.png?fit=800%2C651&ssl=1
|
||||
[13]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/wego_terminal.jpg?fit=800%2C531&ssl=1
|
||||
[14]: https://developer.forecast.io/register
|
||||
[15]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/wttr_in_terminal.jpg?fit=800%2C526&ssl=1
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (3 open source behavior-driven development tools)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/2/behavior-driven-development-tools)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Christine Ketterlin Fisher https://opensource.com/users/cketterlin)
|
||||
|
||||
3 open source behavior-driven development tools
|
||||
======
|
||||
Having the right motivation is as important as choosing the right tool when implementing BDD.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Behavior-driven development][1] (BDD) seems very easy. Tests are written in an easily readable format that allows for feedback from product owners, business sponsors, and developers. Those tests are living documentation for your team, so you don't need requirements. The tools are easy to use and allow you to automate your test suite. Reports are generated with each test run to document every step and show you where tests are failing.
|
||||
|
||||
Quick recap: Easily readable! Living documentation! Automation! Reports! What could go wrong, and why isn't everybody doing this?
|
||||
|
||||
### Getting started with BDD
|
||||
|
||||
So, you're ready to jump in and can't wait to pick the right open source tool for your team. You want it to be easy to use, automate all your tests, and provide easily understandable reports for each test run. Great, let's get started!
|
||||
|
||||
Except, not so fast … First, what is your motivation for trying to implement BDD on your team? If the answer is simply to automate tests, go ahead and choose any of the tools listed below because chances are you're going to see minimal success in the long run.
|
||||
|
||||
### My first effort
|
||||
|
||||
I manage a team of business analysts (BA) and quality assurance (QA) engineers, but my background is on the business analysis side. About a year ago, I attended a talk where a developer talked about the benefits of BDD. He said that he and his team had given it a try during their last project. That should have been the first red flag, but I didn't realize it at the time. You cannot simply choose to "give BDD a try." It takes planning, preparation, and forethought into what you want your team to accomplish.
|
||||
|
||||
However, you can try various parts of BDD without a large investment, and I eventually realized he and his team had written feature files and automated those tests using Cucumber. I also learned it was an experiment done solely by the team's developers, not the BA or QA staff, which defeats the purpose of understanding the end user's behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
During the talk we were encouraged to try BDD, so my test analyst and I went to our boss and said we were willing to give it a shot. And then, we didn't know what to do. We had no guidance, no plan in place, and a leadership team who just wanted to automate testing. I don't think I need to tell you how this story ended. Actually, there wasn't even an end, just a slow fizzle after a few initial attempts at writing behavioral scenarios.
|
||||
|
||||
### A fresh start
|
||||
|
||||
Fast-forward a year, and I'm at a different company with a team of my own and BDD on the brain. I knew there was value there, but I also knew it went deeper than what I had initially been sold. I spent a lot of time thinking about how BDD could make a positive impact, not only on my team, but on our entire development team. Then I read [Discovery: Explore Behaviour Using Examples][2] by Gaspar Nagy and Seb Rose, and one of the first things I learned was that automation of tests is a benefit of BDD, but it should not be the main goal. No wonder we failed!
|
||||
|
||||
This book changed how I viewed BDD and helped me start to fill in the pieces I had been missing. We are now on the (hopefully correct!) path to implementing BDD on our team. It involves active involvement from our product owners, business analysts, and manual and automated testers and buy-in and support from our executive leadership. We have a plan in place for our approach and our measures of success.
|
||||
|
||||
We are still writing requirements (don't ever let anyone tell you that these scenarios can completely replace requirements!), but we are doing so with a more critical eye and evaluating where requirements and test scenarios overlap and how we can streamline the two.
|
||||
|
||||
I have told the team we cannot even try to automate these tests for at least two quarters, at which point we'll evaluate and determine whether we're ready to move forward or not. Our current priorities are defining our team's standard language, practicing writing given/when/then scenarios, learning the Gherkin syntax, determining where to store these tests, and investigating how to integrate these tests into our pipeline.
|
||||
|
||||
### 3 BDD tools to choose
|
||||
|
||||
At its core, BDD is a way to help the entire team understand the end user's actions and behaviors, which will lead to more clear requirements, tests, and ultimately higher-quality applications. Before you pick your tool, do your pre-work. Think about your motivation, and understand that while the different parts and pieces of BDD are fairly simple, integrating them into your team is more challenging and needs careful thought and planning. Also, think about where your people fit in.
|
||||
|
||||
Every organization has different roles, and BDD should not belong solely to developers nor test automation engineers. If you don't involve the business side, you're never going to gain the full benefit of this methodology. Once you have a strategy defined and are ready to move forward with automating your BDD scenarios, there are several open source tools for you to choose from.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Cucumber
|
||||
|
||||
[Cucumber][3] is probably the most recognized tool available that supports BDD. It is widely seen as a straightforward tool to learn and is easy to get started with. Cucumber relies on test scenarios that are written in plain text and follow the given/when/then format. Each scenario is an individual test. Scenarios are grouped into features, which is comparable to a test suite. Scenarios must be written in the Gherkin syntax for Cucumber to understand and execute the scenario's steps. The human-readable steps in the scenarios are tied to the step definitions in your code through the Cucumber framework. To successfully write and automate the scenarios, you need the right mix of business knowledge and technical ability. Identify the skill sets on your team to determine who will write and maintain the scenarios and who will automate them; most likely these should be managed by different roles. Because these tests are executed from the step definitions, reporting is very robust and can show you at which exact step your test failed. Cucumber works well with a variety of browser and API automation tools.
|
||||
|
||||
#### JBehave
|
||||
|
||||
[JBehave][4] is very similar to Cucumber. Scenarios are still written in the given/when/then format and are easily understandable by the entire team. JBehave supports Gherkin but also has its own JBehave syntax that can be used. Gherkin is more universal, but either option will work as long as you are consistent in your choice. JBehave has more configuration options than Cucumber, and its reports, although very detailed, need more configuration to get feedback from each step. JBehave is a powerful tool, but because it can be more customized, it is not quite as easy to get started with. Teams need to ask themselves exactly what features they need and whether or not learning the tool's various configurations is worth the time investment.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Gauge
|
||||
|
||||
Where Cucumber and JBehave are specifically designed to work with BDD, [Gauge][5] is not. If automation is your main goal (and not the entire BDD process), it is worth a look. Gauge tests are written in Markdown, which makes them easily readable. However, without a more standard format, such as the given/when/then BDD scenarios, tests can vary widely and, depending on the author, some tests will be much more digestible for business owners than others. Gauge works with multiple languages, so the automation team can leverage what they already use. Gauge also offers reporting with screenshots to show where the tests failed.
|
||||
|
||||
### What are your needs?
|
||||
|
||||
Implementing BDD allows the team to test the users' behaviors. This can be done without automating any tests at all, but when done correctly, can result in a powerful, reusable test suite. As a team, you will need to identify exactly what your automation needs are and whether or not you are truly going to use BDD or if you would rather focus on automating tests that are written in plain text. Either way, open source tools are available for you to use and to help support your testing evolution.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/behavior-driven-development-tools
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Christine Ketterlin Fisher][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/cketterlin
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Behavior-driven_development
|
||||
[2]: https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/1983591254/ref=dbs_a_def_rwt_bibl_vppi_i0
|
||||
[3]: https://cucumber.io/
|
||||
[4]: https://jbehave.org/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.gauge.org/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Connecting a VoIP phone directly to an Asterisk server)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://feeding.cloud.geek.nz/posts/connecting-voip-phone-directly-to-asterisk-server/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (François Marier https://fmarier.org/)
|
||||
|
||||
Connecting a VoIP phone directly to an Asterisk server
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
On my [Asterisk][1] server, I happen to have two on-board ethernet boards. Since I only used one of these, I decided to move my VoIP phone from the local network switch to being connected directly to the Asterisk server.
|
||||
|
||||
The main advantage is that this phone, running proprietary software of unknown quality, is no longer available on my general home network. Most importantly though, it no longer has access to the Internet, without my having to firewall it manually.
|
||||
|
||||
Here's how I configured everything.
|
||||
|
||||
### Private network configuration
|
||||
|
||||
On the server, I started by giving the second network interface a static IP address in `/etc/network/interfaces`:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
auto eth1
|
||||
iface eth1 inet static
|
||||
address 192.168.2.2
|
||||
netmask 255.255.255.0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
On the VoIP phone itself, I set the static IP address to `192.168.2.3` and the DNS server to `192.168.2.2`. I then updated the SIP registrar IP address to `192.168.2.2`.
|
||||
|
||||
The DNS server actually refers to an [unbound daemon][2] running on the Asterisk server. The only configuration change I had to make was to listen on the second interface and allow the VoIP phone in:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
server:
|
||||
interface: 127.0.0.1
|
||||
interface: 192.168.2.2
|
||||
access-control: 0.0.0.0/0 refuse
|
||||
access-control: 127.0.0.1/32 allow
|
||||
access-control: 192.168.2.3/32 allow
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, I opened the right ports on the server's firewall in `/etc/network/iptables.up.rules`:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-A INPUT -s 192.168.2.3/32 -p udp --dport 5060 -j ACCEPT
|
||||
-A INPUT -s 192.168.2.3/32 -p udp --dport 10000:20000 -j ACCEPT
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Accessing the admin page
|
||||
|
||||
Now that the VoIP phone is no longer available on the local network, it's not possible to access its admin page. That's a good thing from a security point of view, but it's somewhat inconvenient.
|
||||
|
||||
Therefore I put the following in my `~/.ssh/config` to make the admin page available on `http://localhost:8081` after I connect to the Asterisk server via ssh:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Host asterisk
|
||||
LocalForward 8081 192.168.2.3:80
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://feeding.cloud.geek.nz/posts/connecting-voip-phone-directly-to-asterisk-server/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[François Marier][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://fmarier.org/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.asterisk.org/
|
||||
[2]: https://feeding.cloud.geek.nz/posts/setting-up-your-own-dnssec-aware/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (MiyoLinux: A Lightweight Distro with an Old-School Approach)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2019/2/miyolinux-lightweight-distro-old-school-approach)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Jack Wallen https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen)
|
||||
|
||||
MiyoLinux: A Lightweight Distro with an Old-School Approach
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
I must confess, although I often wax poetic about the old ways of the Linux desktop, I much prefer my distributions to help make my daily workflow as efficient as possible. Because of that, my taste in Linux desktop distributions veers very far toward the modern side of things. I want a distribution that integrates apps seamlessly, gives me notifications, looks great, and makes it easy to work with certain services that I use.
|
||||
|
||||
However, every so often it’s nice to dip my toes back into those old-school waters and remind myself why I fell in love with Linux in the first place. That’s precisely what [MiyoLinux][1] did for me recently. This lightweight distribution is based on [Devuan][2] and makes use of the [i3 Tiling Window Manager][3].
|
||||
|
||||
Why is it important that MiyoLinux is based on Devuan? Because that means it doesn’t use systemd. There are many within the Linux community who’d be happy to make the switch to an old-school Linux distribution that opts out of systemd. If that’s you, MiyoLinux might just charm you into submission.
|
||||
|
||||
But don’t think MiyoLinux is going to be as easy to get up and running as, say, Ubuntu Linux, Elementary OS, or Linux Mint. Although it’s not nearly as challenging as Arch or Gentoo, MiyoLinux does approach installation and basic usage a bit differently. Let’s take a look at how this particular distro handles things.
|
||||
|
||||
### Installation
|
||||
|
||||
The installation GUI of MiyoLinux is pretty basic. The first thing you’ll notice is that you are presented with a good amount of notes, regarding the usage of the MiyoLinux desktop. If you happen to be testing MiyoLinux via VirtualBox, you’ll wind up having to deal with the frustration of not being able to resize the window (Figure 1), as the Guest Additions cannot be installed. This also means mouse integration cannot be enabled during the installation, so you’ll have to tab through the windows and use your keyboard cursor keys and Enter key to make selections.
|
||||
|
||||
![MiyoLinux][5]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 1: The first step in the MiyoLinux installation.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][6]
|
||||
|
||||
Once you click the Install MiyoLinux button, you’ll be prompted to continue using either ‘su” or sudo. Click the use sudo button to continue with the installation.
|
||||
|
||||
The next screen of importance is the Installation Options window (Figure 2), where you can select various options for MiyoLinux (such as encryption, file system labels, disable automatic login, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
![Configuration][8]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 2: Configuration Installation options for MiyoLinux.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][6]
|
||||
|
||||
The MiyoLinux installation does not include an automatic partition tool. Instead, you’ll be prompted to run either cfdisk or GParted (Figure 3). If you don’t know your way around cfdisk, select GParted and make use of the GUI tool.
|
||||
|
||||
![partitioning ][10]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 3: Select your partitioning tool for MiyoLinux.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][6]
|
||||
|
||||
With your disk partitioned (Figure 4), you’ll be required to take care of the following steps:
|
||||
|
||||
* Configure the GRUB bootloader.
|
||||
|
||||
* Select the filesystem for the bootloader.
|
||||
|
||||
* Configure time zone and locales.
|
||||
|
||||
* Configure keyboard, keyboard language, and keyboard layout.
|
||||
|
||||
* Okay the installation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Once, you’ve okay’d the installation, all packages will be installed and you will then be prompted to install the bootloader. Following that, you’ll be prompted to configure the following:
|
||||
|
||||
* Hostname.
|
||||
|
||||
* User (Figure 5).
|
||||
|
||||
* Root password.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
With the above completed, reboot and log into your new MiyoLinux installation.
|
||||
|
||||
![hostname][12]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 5: Configuring hostname and username.
|
||||
|
||||
[Creative Commons Zero][13]
|
||||
|
||||
### Usage
|
||||
|
||||
Once you’ve logged into the MiyoLinux desktop, you’ll find things get a bit less-than-user-friendly. This is by design. You won’t find any sort of mouse menu available anywhere on the desktop. Instead you use keyboard shortcuts to open the different types of menus. The Alt+m key combination will open the PMenu, which is what one would consider a fairly standard desktop mouse menu (Figure 6).
|
||||
|
||||
The Alt+d key combination will open the dmenu, a search tool at the top of the desktop, where you can scroll through (using the cursor keys) or search for an app you want to launch (Figure 7).
|
||||
|
||||
![dmenu][15]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 7: The dmenu in action.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][6]
|
||||
|
||||
### Installing Apps
|
||||
|
||||
If you open the PMenu, click System > Synaptic Package Manager. From within that tool you can search for any app you want to install. However, if you find Synaptic doesn’t want to start from the PMenu, open the dmenu, search for terminal, and (once the terminal opens), issue the command sudo synaptic. That will get the package manager open, where you can start installing any applications you want (Figure 8).
|
||||
|
||||
![Synaptic][17]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 8: The Synaptic Package Manager on MiyoLinux.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][6]
|
||||
|
||||
Of course, you can always install applications from the command line. MiyoLinux depends upon the Apt package manager, so installing applications is as easy as:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt-get install libreoffice -y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Once installed, you can start the new package from either the PMenu or dmenu tools.
|
||||
|
||||
### MiyoLinux Accessories
|
||||
|
||||
If you find you need a bit more from the MiyoLinux desktop, type the keyboard combination Alt+Ctrl+a to open the MiyoLinux Accessories tool (Figure 9). From this tool you can configure a number of options for the desktop.
|
||||
|
||||
![Accessories][19]
|
||||
|
||||
Figure 9: Configure i3, Conky, Compton, your touchpad, and more with the Accessories tool.
|
||||
|
||||
[Used with permission][6]
|
||||
|
||||
All other necessary keyboard shortcuts are listed on the default desktop wallpaper. Make sure to put those shortcuts to memory, as you won’t get very far in the i3 desktop without them.
|
||||
|
||||
### A Nice Nod to Old-School Linux
|
||||
|
||||
If you’re itching to throw it back to a time when Linux offered you a bit of challenge to your daily grind, MiyoLinux might be just the operating system for you. It’s a lightweight operating system that makes good use of a minimal set of tools. Anyone who likes their distributions to be less modern and more streamlined will love this take on the Linux desktop. However, if you prefer your desktop with the standard bells and whistles, found on modern distributions, you’ll probably find MiyoLinux nothing more than a fun distraction from the standard fare.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2019/2/miyolinux-lightweight-distro-old-school-approach
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Jack Wallen][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://sourceforge.net/p/miyolinux/wiki/Home/
|
||||
[2]: https://devuan.org/
|
||||
[3]: https://i3wm.org/
|
||||
[4]: /files/images/miyo1jpg
|
||||
[5]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/miyo_1.jpg?itok=5PxRDYRE (MiyoLinux)
|
||||
[6]: /licenses/category/used-permission
|
||||
[7]: /files/images/miyo2jpg
|
||||
[8]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/miyo_2.jpg?itok=svlVr7VI (Configuration)
|
||||
[9]: /files/images/miyo3jpg
|
||||
[10]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/miyo_3.jpg?itok=lpNzZBPz (partitioning)
|
||||
[11]: /files/images/miyo5jpg
|
||||
[12]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/miyo_5.jpg?itok=lijIsgZ2 (hostname)
|
||||
[13]: /licenses/category/creative-commons-zero
|
||||
[14]: /files/images/miyo7jpg
|
||||
[15]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/miyo_7.jpg?itok=I8Ow3PX6 (dmenu)
|
||||
[16]: /files/images/miyo8jpg
|
||||
[17]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/miyo_8.jpg?itok=oa502KfM (Synaptic)
|
||||
[18]: /files/images/miyo9jpg
|
||||
[19]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/miyo_9.jpg?itok=gUM4mxEv (Accessories)
|
||||
143
sources/tech/20190301 Guide to Install VMware Tools on Linux.md
Normal file
143
sources/tech/20190301 Guide to Install VMware Tools on Linux.md
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Guide to Install VMware Tools on Linux)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-vmware-tools-linux)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
|
||||
|
||||
Guide to Install VMware Tools on Linux
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
**VMware Tools enhances your VM experience by allowing you to share clipboard and folder among other things. Learn how to install VMware tools on Ubuntu and other Linux distributions.**
|
||||
|
||||
In an earlier tutorial, you learned to [install VMware Workstation on Ubuntu][1]. You can further enhance the functionality of your virtual machines by installing VMware Tools.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have already installed a guest OS on VMware, you must have noticed the requirement for [VMware tools][2] – even though not completely aware of what it is needed for.
|
||||
|
||||
In this article, we will highlight the importance of VMware tools, the features it offers, and the method to install VMware tools on Ubuntu or any other Linux distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
### VMware Tools: Overview & Features
|
||||
|
||||
![Installing VMware Tools on Ubuntu][3]Installing VMware Tools on Ubuntu
|
||||
|
||||
For obvious reasons, the virtual machine (your Guest OS) will not behave exactly like the host. There will be certain limitations in terms of its performance and operationg. And, that is why a set of utilities (VMware Tools) was introduced.
|
||||
|
||||
VMware tools help in managing the guest OS in an efficient manner while also improving its performance.
|
||||
|
||||
#### What exactly is VMware tool responsible for?
|
||||
|
||||
![How to Install VMware tools on Linux][4]
|
||||
|
||||
You have got a vague idea of what it does – but let us talk about the details:
|
||||
|
||||
* Synchronize the time between the guest OS and the host to make things easier.
|
||||
* Unlocks the ability to pass messages from host OS to guest OS. For example, you copy a text on the host to your clipboard and you can easily paste it to your guest OS.
|
||||
* Enables sound in guest OS.
|
||||
* Improves video resolution.
|
||||
* Improves the cursor movement.
|
||||
* Fixes incorrect network speed data.
|
||||
* Eliminates inadequate color depth.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
These are the major changes that happen when you install VMware tools on Guest OS. But, what exactly does it contain / feature in order to unlock/enhance these functionalities? Let’s see..
|
||||
|
||||
#### VMware tools: Core Feature Details
|
||||
|
||||
![Sharing clipboard between guest and host OS with VMware Tools][5]Sharing clipboard between guest and host OS with VMware Tools
|
||||
|
||||
If you do not want to know what it includes to enable the functionalities, you can skip this part. But, for the curious readers, let us briefly discuss about it:
|
||||
|
||||
**VMware device drivers:** It really depends on the OS. Most of the major operating systems do include device drivers by default. So, you do not have to install it separately. This generally involves – memory control driver, mouse driver, audio driver, NIC driver, VGA driver and so on.
|
||||
|
||||
**VMware user process:** This is where things get really interesting. With this, you get the ability to copy-paste and drag-drop between the host and the guest OS. You can basically copy and paste the text from the host to the virtual machine or vice versa.
|
||||
|
||||
You get to drag and drop files as well. In addition, it enables the pointer release/lock when you do not have an SVGA driver installed.
|
||||
|
||||
**VMware tools lifecycle management** : Well, we will take a look at how to install VMware tools below – but this feature helps you easily install/upgrade VMware tools in the virtual machine.
|
||||
|
||||
**Shared Folders** : In addition to these, VMware tools also allow you to have shared folders between the guest OS and the host.
|
||||
|
||||
![Sharing folder between guest and host OS using VMware Tools in Linux][6]Sharing folder between guest and host OS using VMware Tools in Linux
|
||||
|
||||
Of course, what it does and facilitates also depends on the host OS. For example, on Windows, you get a Unity mode on VMware to run programs on virtual machine and operate it from the host OS.
|
||||
|
||||
### How to install VMware Tools on Ubuntu & other Linux distributions
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** For Linux guest operating systems, you should already have “Open VM Tools” suite installed, eliminating the need of installing VMware tools separately, most of the time.
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the time, when you install a guest OS, you will get a prompt as a software update or a popup telling you to install VMware tools if the operating system supports [Easy Install][7].
|
||||
|
||||
Windows and Ubuntu does support Easy Install. So, even if you are using Windows as your host OS or trying to install VMware tools on Ubuntu, you should first get an option to install the VMware tools easily as popup message. Here’s how it should look like:
|
||||
|
||||
![Pop-up to install VMware Tools][8]Pop-up to install VMware Tools
|
||||
|
||||
This is the easiest way to get it done. So, make sure you have an active network connection when you setup the virtual machine.
|
||||
|
||||
If you do not get any of these pop ups – or options to easily install VMware tools. You have to manually install it. Here’s how to do that:
|
||||
|
||||
1\. Launch VMware Workstation Player.
|
||||
|
||||
2\. From the menu, navigate through **Virtual Machine - > Install VMware tools**. If you already have it installed, and want to repair the installation, you will observe the same option to appear as “ **Re-install VMware tools** “.
|
||||
|
||||
3\. Once you click on that, you will observe a virtual CD/DVD mounted in the guest OS.
|
||||
|
||||
4\. Open that and copy/paste the **tar.gz** file to any location of your choice and extract it, here we choose the **Desktop**.
|
||||
|
||||
![][9]
|
||||
|
||||
5\. After extraction, launch the terminal and navigate to the folder inside by typing in the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
cd Desktop/VMwareTools-10.3.2-9925305/vmware-tools-distrib
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You need to check the name of the folder and path in your case – depending on the version and where you extracted – it might vary.
|
||||
|
||||
![][10]
|
||||
|
||||
Replace **Desktop** with your storage location (such as cd Downloads) and the rest should remain the same if you are installing **10.3.2 version**.
|
||||
|
||||
6\. Now, simply type in the following command to start the installation:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo ./vmware-install.pl -d
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
![][11]
|
||||
|
||||
You will be asked the password for permission to install, type it in and you should be good to go.
|
||||
|
||||
That’s it. You are done. These set of steps should be applicable to almost any Ubuntu-based guest operating system. If you want to install VMware tools on Ubuntu Server, or any other OS.
|
||||
|
||||
**Wrapping Up**
|
||||
|
||||
Installing VMware tools on Ubuntu Linux is pretty easy. In addition to the easy method, we have also explained the manual method to do it. If you still need help, or have a suggestion regarding the installation, let us know in the comments down below.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://itsfoss.com/install-vmware-tools-linux
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Ankush Das][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://itsfoss.com/install-vmware-player-ubuntu-1310/
|
||||
[2]: https://kb.vmware.com/s/article/340
|
||||
[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/vmware-tools-downloading.jpg?fit=800%2C531&ssl=1
|
||||
[4]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/install-vmware-tools-linux.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
|
||||
[5]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/vmware-tools-features.gif?resize=800%2C500&ssl=1
|
||||
[6]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/vmware-tools-shared-folder.jpg?fit=800%2C660&ssl=1
|
||||
[7]: https://docs.vmware.com/en/VMware-Workstation-Player-for-Linux/15.0/com.vmware.player.linux.using.doc/GUID-3F6B9D0E-6CFC-4627-B80B-9A68A5960F60.html
|
||||
[8]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/vmware-tools.jpg?fit=800%2C481&ssl=1
|
||||
[9]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/vmware-tools-extraction.jpg?fit=800%2C564&ssl=1
|
||||
[10]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/vmware-tools-folder.jpg?fit=800%2C487&ssl=1
|
||||
[11]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/vmware-tools-installation-ubuntu.jpg?fit=800%2C492&ssl=1
|
||||
61
sources/tech/20190301 How to use sudo access in winSCP.md
Normal file
61
sources/tech/20190301 How to use sudo access in winSCP.md
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (geekpi)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How to use sudo access in winSCP)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://kerneltalks.com/tools/how-to-use-sudo-access-in-winscp/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (kerneltalks https://kerneltalks.com)
|
||||
|
||||
How to use sudo access in winSCP
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
Learn how to use sudo access in winSCP with screenshots.
|
||||
|
||||
![How to use sudo access in winSCP][1]sudo access in winSCP
|
||||
|
||||
First of all you need to check where is your SFTP server binary located on server you are trying to connect with winSCP.
|
||||
|
||||
You can check SFTP server binary location with below command –
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
[root@kerneltalks ~]# cat /etc/ssh/sshd_config |grep -i sftp-server
|
||||
Subsystem sftp /usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Here you can see sftp server binary is located at `/usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server`
|
||||
|
||||
Now open winSCP and click `Advanced` button to open up advanced settings.
|
||||
|
||||
![winSCP advance settings][2]
|
||||
winSCP advance settings
|
||||
|
||||
It will open up advanced setting window like one below. Here select `SFTP `under `Environment` on left hand side panel. You will be presented with option on right hand side.
|
||||
|
||||
Now, add SFTP server value here with command `sudo su -c` here as displayed in screenshot below –
|
||||
|
||||
![SFTP server setting in winSCP][3]
|
||||
SFTP server setting in winSCP
|
||||
|
||||
So we added `sudo su -c /usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server` in settings here. Now click Ok and connect to server as you normally do.
|
||||
|
||||
After connection you will be able to transfer files from directory where you normally need sudo permission to access.
|
||||
|
||||
That’s it! You logged to server using winSCP and sudo access.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://kerneltalks.com/tools/how-to-use-sudo-access-in-winscp/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[kerneltalks][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://kerneltalks.com
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://i2.wp.com/kerneltalks.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/How-to-use-sudo-access-in-winSCP.png?ssl=1
|
||||
[2]: https://i0.wp.com/kerneltalks.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/winscp-advanced-settings.jpg?ssl=1
|
||||
[3]: https://i1.wp.com/kerneltalks.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/SFTP-server-setting-in-winSCP.jpg?ssl=1
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Which Raspberry Pi should you choose?)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/3/which-raspberry-pi-choose)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Anderson Silva https://opensource.com/users/ansilva)
|
||||
|
||||
Which Raspberry Pi should you choose?
|
||||
======
|
||||
In the first article in our series on getting started with Raspberry Pi, learn the three criteria for choosing the right model for you.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This is the first article in a 14-day series on getting started with the [Raspberry Pi][1]. Although the series is geared towards people who have never used a Raspberry Pi or Linux or programming, there will definitely be things for more experienced readers—and I encourage those readers to leave comments and tips that build on what I write. If everyone contributes, we can make this series even more useful for beginners, other experienced readers, and even me!
|
||||
|
||||
So, you want to give the Raspberry Pi a shot, but you don't know which model to buy. Maybe you want one for your classroom or your kid, but there are so many options, and you aren't sure which one is right for you.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
My three main criteria for choosing a new Raspberry Pi are:
|
||||
|
||||
* **Cost:** Don't just consider the cost of the Raspberry Pi board, but also factor the peripherals you will need in order to use it. In the US, the Raspberry Pi's cost varies from $5 (for the Raspberry Pi Zero) to $35 (for the Raspberry Pi 3 B and 3 B+). However, if you pick the Zero you will probably also need a USB hub for your mouse and keyboard, possibly a wireless adapter, and some sort of display adapter. Unless you have most (if not all) of the peripherals needed for whatever you want to do with your Raspberry Pi, make sure to add those to your Pi budget. Also, in some countries, a Raspberry Pi on its own (even without any peripherals) may be a cost burden for many students and teachers.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Availability:** Finding the Raspberry Pi you want can vary depending on your location, as it may be easier (or harder) to get certain versions in some countries. Availability is an even bigger issue after new models are released, and it can take a few days or even weeks for new versions to become available in your market.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Purpose:** Location and cost may not affect everyone, but every buyer must consider why they want a Raspberry Pi. The eight different models vary in RAM, CPU core, CPU speed, physical size, network connectivity, peripheral expansion, etc. For example, if you want the most robust solution with more "horsepower," you probably will want the Raspberry Pi 3 B+, which has the most RAM, fastest CPU, and largest number of cores. If you want something that won't require network connectivity, won't be used for CPU-intensive work, and can be hidden in a small space, you could go with a Raspberry Pi Zero.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Wikipedia's Raspberry Pi specs chart][2] is an easy way to compare the eight Raspberry Pis models.
|
||||
|
||||
Now that you know what to look for in a Raspberry Pi, in the next article, I will explain how to buy one.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/which-raspberry-pi-choose
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Anderson Silva][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ansilva
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/
|
||||
[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Raspberry_Pi#Specifications
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Create a Custom System Tray Indicator For Your Tasks on Linux)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://fosspost.org/tutorials/custom-system-tray-icon-indicator-linux)
|
||||
[#]: author: (M.Hanny Sabbagh https://fosspost.org/author/mhsabbagh)
|
||||
|
||||
Create a Custom System Tray Indicator For Your Tasks on Linux
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
System Tray icons are still considered to be an amazing functionality today. By just right-clicking on the icon, and then selecting which actions you would like to take, you may ease your life a lot and save many unnecessary clicks on daily basis.
|
||||
|
||||
When talking about useful system tray icons, examples like Skype, Dropbox and VLC do come to mind:
|
||||
|
||||
![Create a Custom System Tray Indicator For Your Tasks on Linux 11][1]
|
||||
|
||||
However, system tray icons can actually be quite a lot more useful; By simply building one yourself for your own needs. In this tutorial, we’ll explain how to do that for you in very simple steps.
|
||||
|
||||
### Prerequisites
|
||||
|
||||
We are going to build a custom system tray indicator using Python. Python is probably installed by default on all the major Linux distributions, so just check it’s there (version 2.7). Additionally, we’ll need the gir1.2-appindicator3 package installed. It’s the library allowing us to easily create system tray indicators.
|
||||
|
||||
To install it on Ubuntu/Mint/Debian:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt-get install gir1.2-appindicator3
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
On Fedora:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo dnf install libappindicator-gtk3
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For other distributions, just search for any packages containing appindicator.
|
||||
|
||||
On GNOME Shell, system tray icons are removed starting from 3.26. You’ll need to install the [following extension][2] (Or possibly other extensions) to re-enable the feature on your desktop. Otherwise, you won’t be able to see the indicator we are going to create here.
|
||||
|
||||
### Basic Code
|
||||
|
||||
Here’s the basic code of the indicator:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/python
|
||||
import os
|
||||
from gi.repository import Gtk as gtk, AppIndicator3 as appindicator
|
||||
|
||||
def main():
|
||||
indicator = appindicator.Indicator.new("customtray", "semi-starred-symbolic", appindicator.IndicatorCategory.APPLICATION_STATUS)
|
||||
indicator.set_status(appindicator.IndicatorStatus.ACTIVE)
|
||||
indicator.set_menu(menu())
|
||||
gtk.main()
|
||||
|
||||
def menu():
|
||||
menu = gtk.Menu()
|
||||
|
||||
command_one = gtk.MenuItem('My Notes')
|
||||
command_one.connect('activate', note)
|
||||
menu.append(command_one)
|
||||
|
||||
exittray = gtk.MenuItem('Exit Tray')
|
||||
exittray.connect('activate', quit)
|
||||
menu.append(exittray)
|
||||
|
||||
menu.show_all()
|
||||
return menu
|
||||
|
||||
def note(_):
|
||||
os.system("gedit $HOME/Documents/notes.txt")
|
||||
|
||||
def quit(_):
|
||||
gtk.main_quit()
|
||||
|
||||
if __name__ == "__main__":
|
||||
main()
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
We’ll explain how the code works later. But for know, just save it in a text file under the name tray.py, and run it using Python:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
python tray.py
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You’ll see the indicator working as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
![Create a Custom System Tray Indicator For Your Tasks on Linux 13][3]
|
||||
|
||||
Now, to explain how we did the magic:
|
||||
|
||||
* The first 3 lines of the code are nothing more than just specifying the Python path and importing the libraries we are going to use in our indicator.
|
||||
|
||||
* def main() : This is the main function of the indicator. Under it we write the code to initialize and build the indicator.
|
||||
|
||||
* indicator = appindicator.Indicator.new(“customtray”, “semi-starred-symbolic”, appindicator.IndicatorCategory.APPLICATION_STATUS) : Here we are specially creating a new indicator and calling it `customtray` . This is the special name of the indicator so that the system doesn’t mix it with other indicators that may be running. Also, we used the `semi-starred-symbolic` icon name as the default icon for our indicator. You could possibly change thing to any other things; Say `firefox` (if you want to see Firefox icon being used for the indicator), or any other icon name you would like. The last part regarding the `APPLICATION_STATUS` is just ordinary code for the categorization/scope of that indicator.
|
||||
|
||||
* `indicator.set_status(appindicator.IndicatorStatus.ACTIVE)` : This line just turns the indicator on.
|
||||
|
||||
* `indicator.set_menu(menu())` : Here, we are saying that we want to use the `menu()` function (which we’ll define later) for creating the menu items of our indicator. This is important so that when you click on the indicator, you can see a list of possible actions to take.
|
||||
|
||||
* `gtk.main()` : Just run the main GTK loop.
|
||||
|
||||
* Under `menu()` you’ll see that we are creating the actions/items we want to provide using our indicator. `command_one = gtk.MenuItem(‘My Notes’)` simply initializes the first menu item with the text “My notes”, and then `command_one.connect(‘activate’, note)` connects the `activate` signal of that menu item to the `note()` function defined later; In other words, we are telling our system here: “When this menu item is clicked, run the note() function”. Finally, `menu.append(command_one)` adds that menu item to the list.
|
||||
|
||||
* The lines regarding `exittray` are just for creating an exit menu item to close the indicator any time you want.
|
||||
|
||||
* `menu.show_all()` and `return menu` are just ordinary codes for returning the menu list to the indicator.
|
||||
|
||||
* Under `note(_)` you’ll see the code that must be executed when the “My Notes” menu item is clicked. Here, we just wrote `os.system(“gedit $HOME/Documents/notes.txt”)` ; The `os.system` function is a function that allows us to run shell commands from inside Python, so here we wrote a command to open a file called `notes.txt` under the `Documents` folder in our home directory using the `gedit` editor. This for example can be your daily notes taking program from now on!
|
||||
|
||||
### Adding your Needed Tasks
|
||||
|
||||
There are only 2 things you need to touch in the code:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Define a new menu item under `menu()` for your desired task.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Create a new function to run a specific action when that menu item is clicked.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
So, let’s say that you want to create a new menu item, which when clicked, plays a specific video/audio file on your hard disk using VLC? To do it, simply add the following 3 lines in line 17:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
command_two = gtk.MenuItem('Play video/audio')
|
||||
command_two.connect('activate', play)
|
||||
menu.append(command_two)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
And the following lines in line 30:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
def play(_):
|
||||
os.system("vlc /home/<username>/Videos/somevideo.mp4")
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Replace /home/<username>/Videos/somevideo.mp4 with the path to the video/audio file you want. Now save the file and run the indicator again:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
python tray.py
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This is how you’ll see it now:
|
||||
|
||||
![Create a Custom System Tray Indicator For Your Tasks on Linux 15][4]
|
||||
|
||||
And when you click on the newly-created menu item, VLC will start playing!
|
||||
|
||||
To create other items/tasks, simply redo the steps again. Just be careful to replace command_two with another name, like command_three, so that no clash between variables happen. And then define new separate functions like what we did with the play(_) function.
|
||||
|
||||
The possibilities are endless from here; I am using this way for example to fetch some data from the web (using the urllib2 library) and display them for me any time. I am also using it for playing an mp3 file in the background using the mpg123 command, and I am defining another menu item to killall mpg123 to stop playing that audio whenever I want. CS:GO on Steam for example takes a huge time to exit (the window doesn’t close automatically), so as a workaround for this, I simply minimize the window and click on a menu item that I created which will execute killall -9 csgo_linux64.
|
||||
|
||||
You can use this indicator for anything: Updating your system packages, possibly running some other scripts any time you want.. Literally anything.
|
||||
|
||||
### Autostart on Boot
|
||||
|
||||
We want our system tray indicator to start automatically on boot, we don’t want to run it manually each time. To do that, simply add the following command to your startup applications (after you replace the path to the tray.py file with yours):
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
nohup python /home/<username>/tray.py &
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The very next time you reboot your system, the indicator will start working automatically after boot!
|
||||
|
||||
### Conclusion
|
||||
|
||||
You now know how to create your own system tray indicator for any task that you may want. This method should save you a lot of time depending on the nature and number of tasks you need to run on daily basis. Some users may prefer creating aliases from the command line, but this will require you to always open the terminal window or have a drop-down terminal emulator available, while here, the system tray indicator is always working and available for you.
|
||||
|
||||
Have you used this method to run your tasks before? Would love to hear your thoughts.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://fosspost.org/tutorials/custom-system-tray-icon-indicator-linux
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[M.Hanny Sabbagh][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://fosspost.org/author/mhsabbagh
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://i2.wp.com/fosspost.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/Screenshot-at-2019-02-28-0808.png?resize=407%2C345&ssl=1 (Create a Custom System Tray Indicator For Your Tasks on Linux 12)
|
||||
[2]: https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/1031/topicons/
|
||||
[3]: https://i2.wp.com/fosspost.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Screenshot-at-2019-03-02-1041.png?resize=434%2C140&ssl=1 (Create a Custom System Tray Indicator For Your Tasks on Linux 14)
|
||||
[4]: https://i2.wp.com/fosspost.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Screenshot-at-2019-03-02-1141.png?resize=440%2C149&ssl=1 (Create a Custom System Tray Indicator For Your Tasks on Linux 16)
|
||||
51
sources/tech/20190302 How to buy a Raspberry Pi.md
Normal file
51
sources/tech/20190302 How to buy a Raspberry Pi.md
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How to buy a Raspberry Pi)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/3/how-buy-raspberry-pi)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Anderson Silva https://opensource.com/users/ansilva)
|
||||
|
||||
How to buy a Raspberry Pi
|
||||
======
|
||||
Find out the best ways to get a Raspberry Pi in the second article in our getting started guide
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The first article in this series on getting started with Raspberry Pi offered some advice on [which model you should buy][1]. Now that you have an idea of which version you want, let's find out how to get one.
|
||||
|
||||
The most obvious—and probably the safest and simplest—way is through the [official Raspberry Pi website][2]. If you click on "Buy a Raspberry Pi" from the homepage, you'll be taken to the organization's [online store][3], where you can find authorized Raspberry Pi sellers in your country where you can place an order. If your country isn't listed, there is a "Rest of the World" option, which should let you put in an international order.
|
||||
|
||||
Second, check Amazon.com or another major online technology retailer in your country that allows smaller shops to sell new and used items. Given the relatively low cost and size of the Raspberry Pi, it should be fairly easy for smaller shop owners to import and export the boards for reselling purposes. Before you place an order, keep an eye on the sellers' reviews though.
|
||||
|
||||
Third, ask your geek friends! You never know if someone has an unused Raspberry Pi gathering dust. I have given at least three Raspberry Pis away to family, not as planned gifts, but because they were just so curious about this mini-computer. I had so many lying around that I just told them to keep one!
|
||||
|
||||
### Don't forget the extras
|
||||
|
||||
One final thought: don't forget that you'll need some peripherals to set up and operate your Raspberry Pi. At a minimum, you'll need a keyboard, an HDMI cable to connect to a display (and a display), a Micro SD card to install the operating system, a power cord, and a mouse will be handy, too.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't already have these items, try borrowing them from friends or order them at the same time you buy your Raspberry Pi. You may want to consider one of the starter kits available from the authorized Raspberry Pi vendors—that will avoid the hassle of searching for parts one at a time.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Now that you have a Raspberry Pi, in the next article in this series, we'll install the operating system and start using it.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/how-buy-raspberry-pi
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Anderson Silva][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ansilva
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/which-raspberry-pi-should-you-get
|
||||
[2]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/
|
||||
[3]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Manage Your Mirrors with ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/archlinux-mirrorlist-manager)
|
||||
[#]: author: (John Paul https://itsfoss.com/author/john/)
|
||||
|
||||
Manage Your Mirrors with ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
**ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager is a simple GUI program that allows you to easily manage mirrors in your Arch Linux system.**
|
||||
|
||||
For Linux users, it is important to make sure that you keep your mirror list in good shape. Today we will take a quick look at an application designed to help manage your Arch mirror list.
|
||||
|
||||
![ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager][1]ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager
|
||||
|
||||
### What is a Mirror?
|
||||
|
||||
For those new to the world of Linux, Linux operating systems depend on a series of servers placed around the world. These servers contain identical copies of all of the packages and software available for a particular distro. This is why they are called “mirrors”.
|
||||
|
||||
The ultimate goal is to have multiple mirrors in each country. This allows local users to quickly update their systems. However, this is not always true. Sometimes mirrors from another country can be faster.
|
||||
|
||||
### ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager makes managing mirrors simpler in Arch Linux
|
||||
|
||||
![ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager][2]Main Screen
|
||||
|
||||
[Managing and sorting][3] the available mirrors in Arch is not easy. It involves fairly lengthy commands. Thankfully, someone came up with a solution.
|
||||
|
||||
Last year, [Rizwan Hasan][4] created a little Python and Qt application entitled [ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager][5]. You might recognize Rizwan’s name because it is not the first time that we featured something he created on this site. Over a year ago, I wrote about a new Arch-based distro that Rizwan created named [MagpieOS][6]. I imagine that Rizwan’s experience with MagpieOS inspired him to create this application.
|
||||
|
||||
There really isn’t much to ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager. It allows you to rank mirrors by response speed and limit the results by number and country of origin.
|
||||
|
||||
In other words, if you are located in Germany, you can restrict your mirrors to the 3 fastest in Germany.
|
||||
|
||||
### Install ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
It is only for Arch Linux users
|
||||
|
||||
Pay attention! ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager is for Arch Linux distribution only. Don’t try to use it on other Arch-based distributions unless you make sure that the distro uses Arch mirrors. Otherwise, you might face issues that I encountered with Manjaro (explained in the section below).
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Mirrorlist Manager alternative for Manjaro
|
||||
|
||||
When it comes to using something Archy, my go-to system is Manjaro. In preparation for this article, I decided to install ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager on my Manjaro machine. It quickly sorted the available mirror and saved them to my mirror list.
|
||||
|
||||
I then proceeded to try to update my system and immediately ran into problems. When ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager sorted the mirrors my system was using, it replaced all of my Manjaro mirrors with vanilla Arch mirrors. (Manjaro is based on Arch, but has its own mirrors because the dev team tests all package updates before pushing them to the users to ensure there are no system-breaking bugs.) Thankfully, the Manjaro forum helped me fix my mistake.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are a Manjaro user, please do not make the same mistake that I did. ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager is only for Arch and Arch-based distros that use Arch’s mirrors.
|
||||
|
||||
Luckily, there is an easy to use terminal application that Manjaro users can use to manage their mirror lists. It is called [Pacman-mirrors][7]. Just like ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager, you can sort by response speed. Just type `sudo pacman-mirrors --fasttrack`. If you want to limit the results to the five fastest mirrors, you can type `sudo pacman-mirrors --fasttrack 5`. To restrict the results to one or more countries, type `sudo pacman-mirrors --country Germany,Spain,Austria`. You can limit the results to your country by typing `sudo pacman-mirrors --geoip`. You can visit the [Manjaro wiki][7] for more information about Pacman-mirrors.
|
||||
|
||||
After you run Pacman-mirrors, you have to synchronize your package database and update your system by typing `sudo pacman -Syyu`.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Pacman-mirrors is for **Manjaro only**.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager is available in the [Arch User Repository][8]. More advanced Arch users can download the PKGBUILD directly from [the GitHub page][9].
|
||||
|
||||
### Final Thoughts on ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager
|
||||
|
||||
Even though [ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager][5] isn’t very useful for me, I’m glad it exists. It shows that Linux users are actively trying to make Linux easier to use. As I said earlier, managing a mirror list on Arch is not easy. Rizwan’s little tool will help make Arch more usable by the beginning user.
|
||||
|
||||
Have you ever used ArchLinux Mirrorlist Manager? What is your method to manage your Arch mirrors? Please let us know in the comments below.
|
||||
|
||||
If you found this article interesting, please take a minute to share it on social media, Hacker News or [Reddit][10].
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://itsfoss.com/archlinux-mirrorlist-manager
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[John Paul][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/john/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/mirrorlist-manager2.png?ssl=1
|
||||
[2]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/mirrorlist-manager4.jpg?ssl=1
|
||||
[3]: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Mirrors
|
||||
[4]: https://github.com/Rizwan-Hasan
|
||||
[5]: https://github.com/Rizwan-Hasan/ArchLinux-Mirrorlist-Manager
|
||||
[6]: https://itsfoss.com/magpieos/
|
||||
[7]: https://wiki.manjaro.org/index.php?title=Pacman-mirrors
|
||||
[8]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/mirrorlist-manager
|
||||
[9]: https://github.com/Rizwan-Hasan/MagpieOS-Packages/tree/master/ArchLinux-Mirrorlist-Manager
|
||||
[10]: http://reddit.com/r/linuxusersgroup
|
||||
238
sources/tech/20190304 How to Install MongoDB on Ubuntu.md
Normal file
238
sources/tech/20190304 How to Install MongoDB on Ubuntu.md
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How to Install MongoDB on Ubuntu)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/install-mongodb-ubuntu)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Sergiu https://itsfoss.com/author/sergiu/)
|
||||
|
||||
How to Install MongoDB on Ubuntu
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
**This tutorial presents two ways to install MongoDB on Ubuntu and Ubuntu-based Linux distributions.**
|
||||
|
||||
[MongoDB][1] is an increasingly popular free and open-source NoSQL database that stores data in collections of JSON-like, flexible documents, in contrast to the usual table approach you’ll find in SQL databases.
|
||||
|
||||
You are most likely to find MongoDB used in modern web applications. Its document model makes it very intuitive to access and handle with various programming languages.
|
||||
|
||||
![mongodb Ubuntu][2]
|
||||
|
||||
In this article, I’ll cover two ways you can install MongoDB on your Ubuntu system.
|
||||
|
||||
### Installing MongoDB on Ubuntu based Distributions
|
||||
|
||||
1. Install MongoDB using Ubuntu’s repository. Easy but not the latest version of MongoDB
|
||||
2. Install MongoDB using its official repository. Slightly complicated but you get the latest version of MongoDB.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The first installation method is easier, but I recommend the second method if you plan on using the latest release with official support.
|
||||
|
||||
Some people might prefer using snap packages. There are snaps available in the Ubuntu Software Center, but I wouldn’t recommend using them; they’re outdated at the moment and I won’t be covering that.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Method 1. Install MongoDB from Ubuntu Repository
|
||||
|
||||
This is the easy way to install MongoDB on your system, you only need to type in a simple command.
|
||||
|
||||
##### Installing MongoDB
|
||||
|
||||
First, make sure your packages are up-to-date. Open up a terminal and type:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt update && sudo apt upgrade -y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Go ahead and install MongoDB with:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt install mongodb
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
That’s it! MongoDB is now installed on your machine.
|
||||
|
||||
The MongoDB service should automatically be started on install, but to check the status type
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo systemctl status mongodb
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
![Check if the MongoDB service is running.][3]
|
||||
|
||||
You can see that the service is **active**.
|
||||
|
||||
##### Running MongoDB
|
||||
|
||||
MongoDB is currently a systemd service, so we’ll use **systemctl** to check and modify it’s state, using the following commands:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo systemctl status mongodb
|
||||
sudo systemctl stop mongodb
|
||||
sudo systemctl start mongodb
|
||||
sudo systemctl restart mongodb
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You can also change if MongoDB automatically starts when the system starts up ( **default** : enabled):
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo systemctl disable mongodb
|
||||
sudo systemctl enable mongodb
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
To start working with (creating and editing) databases, type:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
mongo
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This will start up the **mongo shell**. Please check out the [manual][4] for detailed information on the available queries and options.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** Depending on how you plan to use MongoDB, you might need to adjust your Firewall. That’s unfortunately more involved than what I can cover here and depends on your configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
##### Uninstall MongoDB
|
||||
|
||||
If you installed MongoDB from the Ubuntu Repository and want to uninstall it (maybe to install using the officially supported way), type:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo systemctl stop mongodb
|
||||
sudo apt purge mongodb
|
||||
sudo apt autoremove
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This should completely get rid of your MongoDB install. Make sure to **backup** any collections or documents you might want to keep since they will be wiped out!
|
||||
|
||||
#### Method 2. Install MongoDB Community Edition on Ubuntu
|
||||
|
||||
This is the way the recommended way to install MongoDB, using the package manager. You’ll have to type a few more commands and it might be intimidating if you are newer to the Linux world.
|
||||
|
||||
But there’s nothing to be afraid of! We’ll go through the installation process step by step.
|
||||
|
||||
##### Installing MongoDB
|
||||
|
||||
The package maintained by MongoDB Inc. is called **mongodb-org** , not **mongodb** (this is the name of the package in the Ubuntu Repository). Make sure **mongodb** is not installed on your system before applying this steps. The packages will conflict. Let’s get to it!
|
||||
|
||||
First, we’ll have to import the public key:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt-key adv --keyserver hkp://keyserver.ubuntu.com:80 --recv 9DA31620334BD75D9DCB49F368818C72E52529D4
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Now, you need to add a new repository in your sources list so that you can install MongoDB Community Edition and also get automatic updates:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
echo "deb [ arch=amd64 ] https://repo.mongodb.org/apt/ubuntu $(lsb_release -cs)/mongodb-org/4.0 multiverse" | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/mongodb-org-4.0.list
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
To be able to install **mongodb-org** , we’ll have to update our package database so that your system is aware of the new packages available:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt update
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Now you can ether install the **latest stable version** of MongoDB:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt install -y mongodb-org
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
or a **specific version** (change the version number after **equal** sign)
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo apt install -y mongodb-org=4.0.6 mongodb-org-server=4.0.6 mongodb-org-shell=4.0.6 mongodb-org-mongos=4.0.6 mongodb-org-tools=4.0.6
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you choose to install a specific version, make sure you change the version number everywhere. If you only change it in the **mongodb-org=4.0.6** part, the latest version will be installed.
|
||||
|
||||
By default, when updating using the package manager ( **apt-get** ), MongoDB will be updated to the newest updated version. To stop that from happening (and freezing to the installed version), use:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
echo "mongodb-org hold" | sudo dpkg --set-selections
|
||||
echo "mongodb-org-server hold" | sudo dpkg --set-selections
|
||||
echo "mongodb-org-shell hold" | sudo dpkg --set-selections
|
||||
echo "mongodb-org-mongos hold" | sudo dpkg --set-selections
|
||||
echo "mongodb-org-tools hold" | sudo dpkg --set-selections
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You have now successfully installed MongoDB!
|
||||
|
||||
##### Configuring MongoDB
|
||||
|
||||
By default, the package manager will create **/var/lib/mongodb** and **/var/log/mongodb** and MongoDB will run using the **mongodb** user account.
|
||||
|
||||
I won’t go into changing these default settings since that is beyond the scope of this guide. You can check out the [manual][5] for detailed information.
|
||||
|
||||
The settings in **/etc/mongod.conf** are applied when starting/restarting the **mongodb** service instance.
|
||||
|
||||
##### Running MongoDB
|
||||
|
||||
To start the mongodb daemon **mongod** , type:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo service mongod start
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Now you should verify that the **mongod** process started successfully. This information is stored (by default) at **/var/log/mongodb/mongod.log**. Let’s check the contents of that file:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo cat /var/log/mongodb/mongod.log
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
![Check MongoDB logs to see if the process is running properly.][6]
|
||||
|
||||
As long as you get this: **[initandlisten] waiting for connections on port 27017** somewhere in there, the process is running properly.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note: 27017** is the default port of **mongod.**
|
||||
|
||||
To stop/restart **mongod** enter:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo service mongod stop
|
||||
sudo service mongod restart
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Now, you can use MongoDB by opening the **mongo shell** :
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
mongo
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
##### Uninstall MongoDB
|
||||
|
||||
Run the following commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo service mongod stop
|
||||
sudo apt purge mongodb-org*
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
To remove the **databases** and **log files** (make sure to **backup** what you want to keep!):
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
sudo rm -r /var/log/mongodb
|
||||
sudo rm -r /var/lib/mongodb
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Wrapping Up**
|
||||
|
||||
MongoDB is a great NoSQL database, easy to integrate into modern projects. I hope this tutorial helped you to set it up on your Ubuntu machine! Let us know how you plan on using MongoDB in the comments below.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://itsfoss.com/install-mongodb-ubuntu
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Sergiu][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/sergiu/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.mongodb.com/
|
||||
[2]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/mongodb-ubuntu.jpeg?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
|
||||
[3]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/mongodb_check_status.jpg?fit=800%2C574&ssl=1
|
||||
[4]: https://docs.mongodb.com/manual/tutorial/getting-started/
|
||||
[5]: https://docs.mongodb.com/manual/
|
||||
[6]: https://i1.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/mongodb_org_check_logs.jpg?fit=800%2C467&ssl=1
|
||||
53
sources/tech/20190304 Learn Linux with the Raspberry Pi.md
Normal file
53
sources/tech/20190304 Learn Linux with the Raspberry Pi.md
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Learn Linux with the Raspberry Pi)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/3/learn-linux-raspberry-pi)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Andersn Silva https://opensource.com/users/ansilva)
|
||||
|
||||
Learn Linux with the Raspberry Pi
|
||||
======
|
||||
The fourth article in our guide to getting started with the Raspberry Pi dives into the Linux command line.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In the [third article][1] in this series on getting started with Raspberry Pi, I shared info on installing Raspbian, the official version of Linux for Raspberry Pi. Now that you've installed Raspbian and booted up your new Pi, you're ready to start learning about Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
It's impossible to tackle a topic as big as "how to use Linux" in a short article like this, so instead I'll give you some ideas about how you can use the Raspberry Pi to learn more about Linux in general.
|
||||
|
||||
Start by spending time on the command line (aka the "terminal"). Linux [window managers][2] and graphical interfaces have come a long way since the mid-'90s. Nowadays you can use Linux by pointing-and-clicking on things, just as easily as you can in other operating systems. In my opinion, there is a difference between just "using Linux" and being "a Linux user," and the latter means at a minimum being able to navigate in the terminal.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to become a Linux user, start by trying out the following on the command line:
|
||||
|
||||
* Navigate your home directory with commands like **ls** , **cd** , and **pwd**.
|
||||
* Create, delete, and rename directories using the **mkdir** , **rm** , **mv** , and **cp** commands.
|
||||
* Create a text file with a command line editor such as Vi, Vim, Emacs, or Nano.
|
||||
* Try out some other useful commands, such as **chmod** , **chown** , **w** , **cat** , **more** , **less** , **tail** , **free** , **df** , **ps** , **uname** , and **kill**
|
||||
* Look around **/bin** and **/usr/bin** for other commands.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The best way to get help with a command is by reading its "man page" (short for manual); type **man <command>** on the command line to pull it up. And make sure to search the internet for Linux command cheat sheets—you should find a lot of options that will help you learn.
|
||||
|
||||
Raspbian, like most Linux distributions, has many commands and over time you will end up using some commands a lot more than others. I've been using Linux on the command line for over two decades, and there are still some commands that I've never used, even ones that have been around as long as I've been using Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
At the end of the day, you can use your graphical interface environment to get work done faster, but make sure to dive into the Linux command line, for that's where you will get the true power and knowledge of the operating system.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/learn-linux-raspberry-pi
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Andersn Silva][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ansilva
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/how-boot-new-raspberry-pi
|
||||
[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/window-manager
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (What you need to know about Ansible modules)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/3/developing-ansible-modules)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Jairo da Silva Junior https://opensource.com/users/jairojunior)
|
||||
|
||||
What you need to know about Ansible modules
|
||||
======
|
||||
Learn how and when to develop custom modules for Ansible.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Ansible works by connecting to nodes and sending small programs called modules to be executed remotely. This makes it a push architecture, where configuration is pushed from Ansible to servers without agents, as opposed to the pull model, common in agent-based configuration management systems, where configuration is pulled.
|
||||
|
||||
These modules are mapped to resources and their respective states, which are represented in YAML files. They enable you to manage virtually everything that has an API, CLI, or configuration file you can interact with, including network devices like load balancers, switches, firewalls, container orchestrators, containers themselves, and even virtual machine instances in a hypervisor or in a public (e.g., AWS, GCE, Azure) and/or private (e.g., OpenStack, CloudStack) cloud, as well as storage and security appliances and system configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
With Ansible's batteries-included model, hundreds of modules are included and any task in a playbook has a module behind it.
|
||||
|
||||
The contract for building modules is simple: JSON in the stdout. The configurations declared in YAML files are delivered over the network via SSH/WinRM—or any other connection plugin—as small scripts to be executed in the target server(s). Modules can be written in any language capable of returning JSON, although most Ansible modules (except for Windows PowerShell) are written in Python using the Ansible API (this eases the development of new modules).
|
||||
|
||||
Modules are one way of expanding Ansible capabilities. Other alternatives, like dynamic inventories and plugins, can also increase Ansible's power. It's important to know about them so you know when to use one instead of the other.
|
||||
|
||||
Plugins are divided into several categories with distinct goals, like Action, Cache, Callback, Connection, Filters, Lookup, and Vars. The most popular plugins are:
|
||||
|
||||
* **Connection plugins:** These implement a way to communicate with servers in your inventory (e.g., SSH, WinRM, Telnet); in other words, how automation code is transported over the network to be executed.
|
||||
* **Filters plugins:** These allow you to manipulate data inside your playbook. This is a Jinja2 feature that is harnessed by Ansible to solve infrastructure-as-code problems.
|
||||
* **Lookup plugins:** These fetch data from an external source (e.g., env, file, Hiera, database, HashiCorp Vault).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Ansible's official docs are a good resource on [developing plugins][1].
|
||||
|
||||
### When should you develop a module?
|
||||
|
||||
Although many modules are delivered with Ansible, there is a chance that your problem is not yet covered or it's something too specific—for example, a solution that might make sense only in your organization. Fortunately, the official docs provide excellent guidelines on [developing modules][2].
|
||||
|
||||
**IMPORTANT:** Before you start working on something new, always check for open pull requests, ask developers at #ansible-devel (IRC/Freenode), or search the [development list][3] and/or existing [working groups][4] to see if a module exists or is in development.
|
||||
|
||||
Signs that you need a new module instead of using an existing one include:
|
||||
|
||||
* Conventional configuration management methods (e.g., templates, file, get_url, lineinfile) do not solve your problem properly.
|
||||
* You have to use a complex combination of commands, shells, filters, text processing with magic regexes, and API calls using curl to achieve your goals.
|
||||
* Your playbooks are complex, imperative, non-idempotent, and even non-deterministic.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In the ideal scenario, the tool or service already has an API or CLI for management, and it returns some sort of structured data (JSON, XML, YAML).
|
||||
|
||||
### Identifying good and bad playbooks
|
||||
|
||||
> "Make love, but don't make a shell script in YAML."
|
||||
|
||||
So, what makes a bad playbook?
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
- name: Read a remote resource
|
||||
command: "curl -v http://xpto/resource/abc"
|
||||
register: resource
|
||||
changed_when: False
|
||||
|
||||
- name: Create a resource in case it does not exist
|
||||
command: "curl -X POST http://xpto/resource/abc -d '{ config:{ client: xyz, url: http://beta, pattern: core.md Dict.md lctt2014.md lctt2016.md lctt2018.md README.md } }'"
|
||||
when: "resource.stdout | 404"
|
||||
|
||||
# Leave it here in case I need to remove it hehehe
|
||||
#- name: Remove resource
|
||||
# command: "curl -X DELETE http://xpto/resource/abc"
|
||||
# when: resource.stdout == 1
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Aside from being very fragile—what if the resource state includes a 404 somewhere?—and demanding extra code to be idempotent, this playbook can't update the resource when its state changes.
|
||||
|
||||
Playbooks written this way disrespect many infrastructure-as-code principles. They're not readable by human beings, are hard to reuse and parameterize, and don't follow the declarative model encouraged by most configuration management tools. They also fail to be idempotent and to converge to the declared state.
|
||||
|
||||
Bad playbooks can jeopardize your automation adoption. Instead of harnessing configuration management tools to increase your speed, they have the same problems as an imperative automation approach based on scripts and command execution. This creates a scenario where you're using Ansible just as a means to deliver your old scripts, copying what you already have into YAML files.
|
||||
|
||||
Here's how to rewrite this example to follow infrastructure-as-code principles.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
- name: XPTO
|
||||
xpto:
|
||||
name: abc
|
||||
state: present
|
||||
config:
|
||||
client: xyz
|
||||
url: http://beta
|
||||
pattern: "*.*"
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The benefits of this approach, based on custom modules, include:
|
||||
|
||||
* It's declarative—resources are properly represented in YAML.
|
||||
* It's idempotent.
|
||||
* It converges from the declared state to the current state.
|
||||
* It's readable by human beings.
|
||||
* It's easily parameterized or reused.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Implementing a custom module
|
||||
|
||||
Let's use [WildFly][5], an open source Java application server, as an example to introduce a custom module for our not-so-good playbook:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
- name: Read datasource
|
||||
command: "jboss-cli.sh -c '/subsystem=datasources/data-source=DemoDS:read-resource()'"
|
||||
register: datasource
|
||||
|
||||
- name: Create datasource
|
||||
command: "jboss-cli.sh -c '/subsystem=datasources/data-source=DemoDS:add(driver-name=h2, user-name=sa, password=sa, min-pool-size=20, max-pool-size=40, connection-url=.jdbc:h2:mem:demo;DB_CLOSE_DELAY=-1;DB_CLOSE_ON_EXIT=FALSE..)'"
|
||||
when: 'datasource.stdout | outcome => failed'
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Problems:
|
||||
|
||||
* It's not declarative.
|
||||
* JBoss-CLI returns plaintext in a JSON-like syntax; therefore, this approach is very fragile, since we need a type of parser for this notation. Even a seemingly simple parser can be too complex to treat many [exceptions][6].
|
||||
* JBoss-CLI is just an interface to send requests to the management API (port 9990).
|
||||
* Sending an HTTP request is more efficient than opening a new JBoss-CLI session, connecting, and sending a command.
|
||||
* It does not converge to the desired state; it only creates the resource when it doesn't exist.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
A custom module for this would look like:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
- name: Configure datasource
|
||||
jboss_resource:
|
||||
name: "/subsystem=datasources/data-source=DemoDS"
|
||||
state: present
|
||||
attributes:
|
||||
driver-name: h2
|
||||
connection-url: "jdbc:h2:mem:demo;DB_CLOSE_DELAY=-1;DB_CLOSE_ON_EXIT=FALSE"
|
||||
jndi-name: "java:jboss/datasources/DemoDS"
|
||||
user-name: sa
|
||||
password: sa
|
||||
min-pool-size: 20
|
||||
max-pool-size: 40
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This playbook is declarative, idempotent, more readable, and converges to the desired state regardless of the current state.
|
||||
|
||||
### Why learn to build custom modules?
|
||||
|
||||
Good reasons to learn how to build custom modules include:
|
||||
|
||||
* Improving existing modules
|
||||
* You have bad playbooks and want to improve them, or …
|
||||
* You don't, but want to avoid having bad playbooks.
|
||||
* Knowing how to build a module considerably improves your ability to debug problems in playbooks, thereby increasing your productivity.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
> "…abstractions save us time working, but they don't save us time learning." —Joel Spolsky, [The Law of Leaky Abstractions][7]
|
||||
|
||||
#### Custom Ansible modules 101
|
||||
|
||||
* JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) in stdout: that's the contract!
|
||||
* They can be written in any language, but …
|
||||
* Python is usually the best option (or the second best)
|
||||
* Most modules delivered with Ansible ( **lib/ansible/modules** ) are written in Python and should support compatible versions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#### The Ansible way
|
||||
|
||||
* First step:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
git clone https://github.com/ansible/ansible.git
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
* Navigate in **lib/ansible/modules/** and read the existing modules code.
|
||||
|
||||
* Your tools are: Git, Python, virtualenv, pdb (Python debugger)
|
||||
|
||||
* For comprehensive instructions, consult the [official docs][8].
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#### An alternative: drop it in the library directory
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
library/ # if any custom modules, put them here (optional)
|
||||
module_utils/ # if any custom module_utils to support modules, put them here (optional)
|
||||
filter_plugins/ # if any custom filter plugins, put them here (optional)
|
||||
|
||||
site.yml # master playbook
|
||||
webservers.yml # playbook for webserver tier
|
||||
dbservers.yml # playbook for dbserver tier
|
||||
|
||||
roles/
|
||||
common/ # this hierarchy represents a "role"
|
||||
library/ # roles can also include custom modules
|
||||
module_utils/ # roles can also include custom module_utils
|
||||
lookup_plugins/ # or other types of plugins, like lookup in this case
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
* It's easier to start.
|
||||
* Doesn't require anything besides Ansible and your favorite IDE/text editor.
|
||||
* This is your best option if it's something that will be used internally.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**TIP:** You can use this directory layout to overwrite existing modules if, for example, you need to patch a module.
|
||||
|
||||
#### First steps
|
||||
|
||||
You could do it in your own—including using another language—or you could use the AnsibleModule class, as it is easier to put JSON in the stdout ( **exit_json()** , **fail_json()** ) in the way Ansible expects ( **msg** , **meta** , **has_changed** , **result** ), and it's also easier to process the input ( **params[]** ) and log its execution ( **log()** , **debug()** ).
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
def main():
|
||||
|
||||
arguments = dict(name=dict(required=True, type='str'),
|
||||
state=dict(choices=['present', 'absent'], default='present'),
|
||||
config=dict(required=False, type='dict'))
|
||||
|
||||
module = AnsibleModule(argument_spec=arguments, supports_check_mode=True)
|
||||
try:
|
||||
if module.check_mode:
|
||||
# Do not do anything, only verifies current state and report it
|
||||
module.exit_json(changed=has_changed, meta=result, msg='Fez alguma coisa ou não...')
|
||||
|
||||
if module.params['state'] == 'present':
|
||||
# Verify the presence of a resource
|
||||
# Desired state `module.params['param_name'] is equal to the current state?
|
||||
module.exit_json(changed=has_changed, meta=result)
|
||||
|
||||
if module.params['state'] == 'absent':
|
||||
# Remove the resource in case it exists
|
||||
module.exit_json(changed=has_changed, meta=result)
|
||||
|
||||
except Error as err:
|
||||
module.fail_json(msg=str(err))
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**NOTES:** The **check_mode** ("dry run") allows a playbook to be executed or just verifies if changes are required, but doesn't perform them. **** Also, the **module_utils** directory can be used for shared code among different modules.
|
||||
|
||||
For the full Wildfly example, check [this pull request][9].
|
||||
|
||||
### Running tests
|
||||
|
||||
#### The Ansible way
|
||||
|
||||
The Ansible codebase is heavily tested, and every commit triggers a build in its continuous integration (CI) server, [Shippable][10], which includes linting, unit tests, and integration tests.
|
||||
|
||||
For integration tests, it uses containers and Ansible itself to perform the setup and verify phase. Here is a test case (written in Ansible) for our custom module's sample code:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
- name: Configure datasource
|
||||
jboss_resource:
|
||||
name: "/subsystem=datasources/data-source=DemoDS"
|
||||
state: present
|
||||
attributes:
|
||||
connection-url: "jdbc:h2:mem:demo;DB_CLOSE_DELAY=-1;DB_CLOSE_ON_EXIT=FALSE"
|
||||
...
|
||||
register: result
|
||||
|
||||
- name: assert output message that datasource was created
|
||||
assert:
|
||||
that:
|
||||
- "result.changed == true"
|
||||
- "'Added /subsystem=datasources/data-source=DemoDS' in result.msg"
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
#### An alternative: bundling a module with your role
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a [full example][11] inside a simple role:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
[*Molecule*]() + [*Vagrant*]() + [*pytest*](): `molecule init` (inside roles/<name>)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
It offers greater flexibility to choose:
|
||||
|
||||
* Simplified setup
|
||||
* How to spin up your infrastructure: e.g., Vagrant, Docker, OpenStack, EC2
|
||||
* How to verify your infrastructure tests: Testinfra and Goss
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
But your tests would have to be written using pytest with Testinfra or Goss, instead of plain Ansible. If you'd like to learn more about testing Ansible roles, see my article about [using Molecule][12].
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/developing-ansible-modules
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Jairo da Silva Junior][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jairojunior
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/dev_guide/developing_plugins.html#developing-plugins
|
||||
[2]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/dev_guide/developing_modules.html
|
||||
[3]: https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/ansible-devel
|
||||
[4]: https://github.com/ansible/community/
|
||||
[5]: http://www.wildfly.org/
|
||||
[6]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7159
|
||||
[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leaky_abstraction#The_Law_of_Leaky_Abstractions
|
||||
[8]: https://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/dev_guide/developing_modules_general.html#developing-modules-general
|
||||
[9]: https://github.com/ansible/ansible/pull/43682/files
|
||||
[10]: https://app.shippable.com/github/ansible/ansible/dashboard
|
||||
[11]: https://github.com/jairojunior/ansible-role-jboss/tree/with_modules
|
||||
[12]: https://opensource.com/article/18/12/testing-ansible-roles-molecule
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (5 Ways To Generate A Random/Strong Password In Linux Terminal)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/5-ways-to-generate-a-random-strong-password-in-linux-terminal/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Magesh Maruthamuthu https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/)
|
||||
|
||||
5 Ways To Generate A Random/Strong Password In Linux Terminal
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
Recently we had written an article about **[password strength and password score check][1]** in our website.
|
||||
|
||||
It will help you to validate your password strength and score.
|
||||
|
||||
We can manually create few passwords which we required but if you would like to generate a password for multiple users or servers, what will be the solution.
|
||||
|
||||
Yes, there are many utilities are available in Linux to fulfill this requirements. However, I’m going to include the best five password generators in this article.
|
||||
|
||||
These tools are generates a strong random passwords for you. Navigate to the following article if you would like to update the password on multiple users and servers.
|
||||
|
||||
These tools are easy to use, that’s why i preferred to go with it. By default it will generate a strong password and if you would like to generate a super strong password then use the available options.
|
||||
|
||||
It will help you to generate a super strong password in the following combination. It should have minimum 12-15 characters length, that includes Alphabets (Lower case & Upper case), Numbers and Special Characters.
|
||||
|
||||
These tools are below.
|
||||
|
||||
* `pwgen:` The pwgen program generates passwords which are designed to be easily memorized by humans, while being as secure as possible.
|
||||
* `openssl:` The openssl program is a command line tool for using the various cryptography functions of OpenSSL’s crypto library from the shell.
|
||||
* `gpg:` OpenPGP encryption and signing tool
|
||||
* `mkpasswd:` generate new password, optionally apply it to a user
|
||||
* `makepasswd:` makepasswd generates true random passwords using /dev/urandom, with the emphasis on security over pronounceability.
|
||||
* `/dev/urandom file:` The character special files /dev/random and /dev/urandom (present since Linux 1.3.30) provide an interface to the kernel’s random number generator.
|
||||
* `md5sum:` md5sum is a computer program that calculates and verifies 128-bit MD5 hashes.
|
||||
* `sha256sum:` The program sha256sum is designed to verify data integrity using the SHA-256 (SHA-2 family with a digest length of 256 bits).
|
||||
* `sha1pass:` sha1pass creates a SHA1 password hash. In the absence of a salt value on the command line, a random salt vector will be generated.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Generate A Random Strong Password In Linux Using pwgen Command?
|
||||
|
||||
The pwgen program generates passwords which are designed to be easily memorized by humans, while being as secure as possible.
|
||||
|
||||
Human-memorable passwords are never going to be as secure as completely completely random passwords.
|
||||
|
||||
Use `-s` option to generate completely random, hard-to-memorize passwords. These should only be used for machine passwords as we can’t memorize.
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Fedora`** system, use **[DNF Command][2]** to install pwgen.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo dnf install pwgen
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Debian/Ubuntu`** systems, use **[APT-GET Command][3]** or **[APT Command][4]** to install pwgen.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo apt install pwgen
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Arch Linux`** based systems, use **[Pacman Command][5]** to install pwgen.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo pacman -S pwgen
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`RHEL/CentOS`** systems, use **[YUM Command][6]** to install pwgen.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo yum install pwgen
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`openSUSE Leap`** system, use **[Zypper Command][7]** to install pwgen.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo zypper install pwgen
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Use pwgen Command In Linux?
|
||||
|
||||
It’s a simple and straight forward method. Use one of the below preferred examples for you. By default, it generates a human memorable password.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, simple run the `pwgen` command on your terminal. It generates 160 passwords in a single shot. These 160 passwords are printer with 20 rows and 8 columns.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ pwgen
|
||||
ameiK2oo aibi3Cha EPium0Ie aisoh1Ee Nidee9ae uNga0Bee uPh9ieM1 ahn1ooNg
|
||||
oc5ooTea tai7eKid tae2yieS hiecaiR8 wohY2Ohk Uab2maed heC4aXoh Ob6Nieso
|
||||
Shaeriu3 uy9Juk5u hoht7Doo Fah6yah3 faz9Jeew eKiek4ju as0Xuosh Eiwo4epo
|
||||
oot8teeZ Ui1yoohi Aechae7A Ohdi2ael cae5Thoh Au1aeTei ais0aiC2 Cai2quin
|
||||
Oox9ohz4 neev0Che ahza8AQu Ahz7eica meiBeeW0 Av3bo7ah quoiTu3f taeNg3ae
|
||||
Aiko7Aiz SheiGh8E aesaeSh7 haet6Loo AeTel3oN Ath7zeer IeYah4ie UG3ootha
|
||||
Ohch9Och Phuap6su iel5Xu7s diqui7Bu ieF2dier eeluHa1u Thagei0i Ceeth3oh
|
||||
OCei1ahj zei2aiYo Jahgh1ia ooqu1Cej eez2aiPo Wahd5soo noo7Mei9 Hie5ashe
|
||||
Uith4Or2 Xie3uh2b fuF9Eilu eiN2sha9 zae2YaSh oGh5ephi ohvao4Ae aixu6aeM
|
||||
fo4Ierah iephei6A hae9eeGa eiBeiY3g Aic8Kee9 he8AheCh ohM4bid9 eemae3Zu
|
||||
eesh2EiM cheiGa4j PooV2vii ahpeeg5E aezauX2c Xe7aethu Ahvaph7a Joh2heec
|
||||
Ii5EeShi aij7Uo8e ooy2Ahth mieKe2ni eiQuu8fe giedaQu0 eiPhob3E oox1uo2U
|
||||
eehia4Hu ga9Ahw0a ohxuZei7 eV4OoXio Kid2wu1n ku4Ahf5s uigh8uQu AhWoh0po
|
||||
vo1Eeb2u Ahth7ve5 ieje4eiL ieci1Ach Meephie9 iephieY8 Eesoom7u eakai2Bo
|
||||
uo8Ieche Zai3aev5 aGhahf0E Wowoo5th Oraeb0ah Gah3nah0 ieGhah0p aeCh0OhJ
|
||||
ahQu2feZ ahQu0gah foik7Ush cei1Wai1 Aivi3ooY eephei5U MooZae3O quooRoh7
|
||||
aequae5U pae6Ceiv eizahF1k ohmi7ETa ahyaeK1N Mohw2no8 ooc8Oone coo7Ieve
|
||||
eePhei9h Weequ8eV Vie4iezu neeMiim4 ie6aiZoh Queegh2E shahwi3N Inichie8
|
||||
Sid1aeji mohj4Ko7 lieDi0pe Zeemah6a thuevu2E phi4Ohsh paiKeix1 ooz1Ceph
|
||||
ahV4yore ue2laePh fu1eThui qui7aePh Fahth1nu ohk9puLo aiBeez0b Neengai5
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
To generate a secure random password, use `-s` option with pwgen command.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ pwgen -s
|
||||
CU75lgZd 7HzzKgtA 2ktBJDpR F6XJVhBs UjAm3bNL zO7Dw7JJ pxn8fUvp Ka3lLilG
|
||||
ywJX7iJl D9ajxb6N 78c1HOg2 g8vtWCra Jp6pBGBw oYuev9Vl gbA6gHV8 G6XQoVO5
|
||||
uQN98IU4 50GgQfrX FrTsou2t YQorO4x6 UGer8Yi2 O7DB5nw1 1ax370UR 1xVRPkA1
|
||||
RVaGDr2i Nt11ekUd 9Vm3D244 ck8Lnpd0 SjDt8uWn 5ERT4tf8 4EONFzyY Jc6T83jg
|
||||
WZa6bKPW H4HMo1YU bsDDRik3 gBwV7LOW 9H1QRQ4x 3Ak7RcSe IJu2RBF9 e508xrLC
|
||||
SzTrW191 AslxDa6E IkWWov2b iOb6EmTy qHt82OwG 5ZFO7B53 97zmjOPu A4KZuhYV
|
||||
uQpoJR4D 0eKyOiUr Rz96smeO 3HTABu3N 6W0VmEls uPsp5zpw 8UD3VkMG YTct6Rd4
|
||||
VKo0cVmq E07ZX7j9 kQSlvA69 Nm3fpv3i xWvF2xMu yEfcw8uA oQGVX3l9 grTzx7Xj
|
||||
s4GVEYtM uJl5sYMe n3icRPiY ED3Mup4B k3M9KHI7 IkxqoSM0 dt2cxmMU yb2tUkut
|
||||
2Q9wGZQx 8Rpo11s9 I13siOHu 7GV64Fjv 3VONzD8i SCDfVD3F oiPTx239 6BQakoiJ
|
||||
XUEokiC4 ybL7VGmL el2RfvWk zKc7CLcE 3FqNBSyA NjDWrvZ5 KI3NSX4h VFyo6VPr
|
||||
h4q3XeqZ FDYMoX6f uTU5ZzU3 6u4ob4Ep wiYPt05n CZga66qh upzH6Z9y RuVcqbe8
|
||||
taQv11hq 1xsY67a8 EVo9GLXA FCaDLGb1 bZyh0YN8 0nTKo0Qy RRVUwn9t DuU8mwwv
|
||||
x96LWpCb tFLz3fBG dNb4gCKf n6VYcOiH 1ep6QYFZ x8kaJtrY 56PDWuW6 1R0If4kV
|
||||
2XK0NLQK 4XQqhycl Ip08cn6c Bnx9z2Bz 7gjGlON7 CJxLR1U4 mqMwir3j ovGXWu0z
|
||||
MfDjk5m8 4KwM9SAN oz0fZ5eo 5m8iRtco oP5BpLh0 Z5kvwr1W f34O2O43 hXao1Sp8
|
||||
tKoG5VNI f13fuYvm BQQn8MD3 bmFSf6Mf Z4Y0o17U jT4wO1DG cz2clBES Lr4B3qIY
|
||||
ArKQRND6 8xnh4oIs nayiK2zG yWvQCV3v AFPlHSB8 zfx5bnaL t5lFbenk F2dIeBr4
|
||||
C6RqDQMy gKt28c9O ZCi0tQKE 0Ekdjh3P ox2vWOMI 14XF4gwc nYA0L6tV rRN3lekn
|
||||
lmwZNjz1 4ovmJAr7 shPl9o5f FFsuNwj0 F2eVkqGi 7gw277RZ nYE7gCLl JDn05S5N
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you would like to generate a strong five passwords with 14 characters length, use the following format.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ pwgen -s 14 5
|
||||
7YxUwDyfxGVTYD em2NT6FceXjPfT u8jlrljbrclcTi IruIX3Xu0TFXRr X8M9cB6wKNot1e
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you really want to generate a super strong random twenty passwords, use the following format.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ pwgen -cnys 14 20
|
||||
mQ3E=vfGfZ,5[B #zmj{i5|ZS){jg Ht_8i7OqJ%N`~2 443fa5iJ\W-L?] ?Qs$o=vz2vgQBR
|
||||
^'Ry0Az|J9p2+0 t2oA/n7U_'|QRx EsX*%_(4./QCRJ ACr-,8yF9&eM[* !Xz1C'bw?tv50o
|
||||
8hfv-fK(VxwQGS q!qj?sD7Xmkb7^ N#Zp\_Y2kr%!)~ 4*pwYs{bq]Hh&Y |4u=-Q1!jS~8=;
|
||||
]{$N#FPX1L2B{h I|01fcK.z?QTz" l~]JD_,W%5bp.E +i2=D3;BQ}p+$I n.a3,.D3VQ3~&i
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Generate A Random Strong Password In Linux Using openssl Command?
|
||||
|
||||
The openssl program is a command line tool for using the various cryptography functions of OpenSSL’s crypto library from the shell.
|
||||
|
||||
Run the openssl command with the following format to generate a random strong password with 14 characters.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ openssl rand -base64 14
|
||||
WjzyDqdkWf3e53tJw/c=
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you would like to generate ten random strong password with 14 characters using openssl command then use the following for loop.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ for pw in {1..10}; do openssl rand -base64 14; done
|
||||
6i0hgHDBi3ohZ9Mil8I=
|
||||
gtn+y1bVFJFanpJqWaA=
|
||||
rYu+wy+0nwLf5lk7TBA=
|
||||
xrdNGykIzxaKDiLF2Bw=
|
||||
cltejRkDPdFPC/zI0Pg=
|
||||
G6aroK6d4xVVYFTrZGs=
|
||||
jJEnFoOk1+UTSx/wJrY=
|
||||
TFxVjBmLx9aivXB3yxE=
|
||||
oQtOLPwTuO8df7dIv9I=
|
||||
ktpBpCSQFOD+5kIIe7Y=
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Generate A Random Strong Password In Linux Using gpg Command?
|
||||
|
||||
gpg is the OpenPGP part of the GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG). It is a tool to provide digital encryption and signing services using the OpenPGP standard. gpg features complete key management and all the bells and whistles you would expect from a full OpenPGP implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
Run the gpg command with the following format to generate a random strong password with 14 characters.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ gpg --gen-random --armor 1 14
|
||||
or
|
||||
$ gpg2 --gen-random --armor 1 14
|
||||
jq1mtY4gBa6gIuJrggM=
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you would like to generate ten random strong password with 14 characters using gpg command then use the following for loop.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ for pw in {1..10}; do gpg --gen-random --armor 1 14; done
|
||||
or
|
||||
$ for pw in {1..10}; do gpg2 --gen-random --armor 1 14; done
|
||||
F5ZzLSUMet2kefG6Ssc=
|
||||
8hh7BFNs8Qu0cnrvHrY=
|
||||
B+PEt28CosR5xO05/sQ=
|
||||
m21bfx6UG1cBDzVGKcE=
|
||||
wALosRXnBgmOC6+++xU=
|
||||
TGpjT5xRxo/zFq/lNeg=
|
||||
ggsKxVgpB/3aSOY15W4=
|
||||
iUlezWxL626CPc9omTI=
|
||||
pYb7xQwI1NTlM2rxaCg=
|
||||
eJjhtA6oHhBrUpLY4fM=
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Generate A Random Strong Password In Linux Using mkpasswd Command?
|
||||
|
||||
mkpasswd generates passwords and can apply them automatically to users. With no arguments, mkpasswd returns a new password. It’s part of an expect package so, you have to install expect package to use mkpasswd command.
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Fedora`** system, use **[DNF Command][2]** to install mkpasswd.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo dnf install expect
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Debian/Ubuntu`** systems, use **[APT-GET Command][3]** or **[APT Command][4]** to install mkpasswd.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo apt install expect
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`Arch Linux`** based systems, use **[Pacman Command][5]** to install mkpasswd.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo pacman -S expect
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`RHEL/CentOS`** systems, use **[YUM Command][6]** to install mkpasswd.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo yum install expect
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For **`openSUSE Leap`** system, use **[Zypper Command][7]** to install mkpasswd.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo zypper install expect
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Run the `mkpasswd` command in terminal to generate a random password.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ mkpasswd
|
||||
37_slQepD
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Run the mkpasswd command with the following format to generate a random strong password with 14 characters.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ mkpasswd -l 14
|
||||
W1qP1uv=lhghgh
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Run the mkpasswd command with the following format to generate a random strong password with 14 characters. It combinations of alphabetic (Lower & Upper case), Numeric number and special characters.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ mkpasswd -l 14 -d 3 -C 3 -s 3
|
||||
3aad!bMWG49"t,
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you would like to generate ten random strong password with 14 characters (It combination of alphabetic (Lower & Upper case), Numeric number and special characters) using mkpasswd command then use the following for loop.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ for pw in {1..10}; do mkpasswd -l 14 -d 3 -C 3 -s 3; done
|
||||
zmSwP[q9;P1r6[
|
||||
E42zcvzM"i3%B\
|
||||
8}1#[email protected]
|
||||
0X:zB(mmU22?nj
|
||||
0sqqL44M}ko(O^
|
||||
43tQ(.6jG;ceRq
|
||||
-jB6cp3x1GZ$e=
|
||||
$of?Rj9kb2N(1J
|
||||
9HCf,nn#gjO79^
|
||||
Tu9m56+Ev_Yso(
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Generate A Random Strong Password In Linux Using makepasswd Command?
|
||||
|
||||
makepasswd generates true random passwords using /dev/urandom, with the emphasis on security over pronounceability. It can also encrypt plaintext passwords given on the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
Run the `makepasswd` command in terminal to generate a random password.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ makepasswd
|
||||
HdCJafVaN
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Run the makepasswd command with the following format to generate a random strong password with 14 characters.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ makepasswd --chars 14
|
||||
HxJDv5quavrqmU
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Run the makepasswd command with the following format to generate ten random strong password with 14 characters.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ makepasswd --chars 14 --count 10
|
||||
TqmKVWnRGeoVNr
|
||||
mPV2P98hLRUsai
|
||||
MhMXPwyzYi2RLo
|
||||
dxMGgLmoFpYivi
|
||||
8p0G7JvJjd6qUP
|
||||
7SmX95MiJcQauV
|
||||
KWzrh5npAjvNmL
|
||||
oHPKdq1uA9tU85
|
||||
V1su9GjU2oIGiQ
|
||||
M2TMCEoahzLNYC
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### How To Generate A Random Strong Password In Linux Using Multiple Commands?
|
||||
|
||||
Still if you are looking other options then you can use the following utilities to generate a random password in Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
**Using md5sum:** md5sum is a computer program that calculates and verifies 128-bit MD5 hashes.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ date | md5sum
|
||||
9baf96fb6e8cbd99601d97a5c3acc2c4 -
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Using /dev/urandom:** The character special files /dev/random and /dev/urandom (present since Linux 1.3.30) provide an interface to the kernel’s random number generator. File /dev/random has major device number 1 and minor device number 8. File /dev/urandom has major device number 1 and minor device number 9.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ cat /dev/urandom | tr -dc 'a-zA-Z0-9' | head -c 14
|
||||
15LQB9J84Btnzz
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Using sha256sum:** The program sha256sum is designed to verify data integrity using the SHA-256 (SHA-2 family with a digest length of 256 bits).
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ date | sha256sum
|
||||
a114ae5c458ae0d366e1b673d558d921bb937e568d9329b525cf32290478826a -
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Using sha1pass:** sha1pass creates a SHA1 password hash. In the absence of a salt value on the command line, a random salt vector will be generated.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sha1pass
|
||||
$4$9+JvykOv$e7U0jMJL2yBOL+RVa2Eke8SETEo$
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.2daygeek.com/5-ways-to-generate-a-random-strong-password-in-linux-terminal/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Magesh Maruthamuthu][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-check-password-complexity-strength-and-score-in-linux/
|
||||
[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/dnf-command-examples-manage-packages-fedora-system/
|
||||
[3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/apt-get-apt-cache-command-examples-manage-packages-debian-ubuntu-systems/
|
||||
[4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/apt-command-examples-manage-packages-debian-ubuntu-systems/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.2daygeek.com/pacman-command-examples-manage-packages-arch-linux-system/
|
||||
[6]: https://www.2daygeek.com/yum-command-examples-manage-packages-rhel-centos-systems/
|
||||
[7]: https://www.2daygeek.com/zypper-command-examples-manage-packages-opensuse-system/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (5 ways to teach kids to program with Raspberry Pi)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://opensource.com/article/19/3/teach-kids-program-raspberry-pi)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Anderson Silva https://opensource.com/users/ansilva)
|
||||
|
||||
5 ways to teach kids to program with Raspberry Pi
|
||||
======
|
||||
The fifth article in our guide to getting started with the Raspberry Pi explores resources for helping kids learn to program.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
As countless schools, libraries, and families have proven, the Raspberry Pi is a great way to expose kids to programming. In the first four articles in this series, you've learned about [purchasing][1], [installing][2], and [configuring][3] a Raspberry Pi. In this fifth article, I'll share some helpful resources to get kids started programming with the Raspberry Pi.
|
||||
|
||||
### Scratch
|
||||
|
||||
[Scratch][4] is a great way to introduce kids to basic programming concepts like variables, boolean logic, loops, and more. It's included in Raspbian, and you can find numerous articles and tutorials about Scratch on the internet, including [Is Scratch today like the Logo of the '80s for teaching kids to code?][5] on Opensource.com.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Code.org
|
||||
|
||||
[Code.org][6] is another great online resource for kids learning to program. The organization's mission is to expose more people to coding through courses, tutorials, and the popular Hour of Code event. Many schools—including my fifth-grade son's—use it to expose more kids to programming and computer science concepts.
|
||||
|
||||
### Reading
|
||||
|
||||
Reading books is another great way to learn how to program. You don't necessarily need to speak English to learn how to program, but the more you know, the easier it will be, as most programming languages use English keywords to describe the commands. If your English is good enough to follow this Raspberry Pi series, you are most likely well-equipped to read books, forums, and other publications about programming. One book I recommend is [Python for Kids: A Playful Introduction to Programming][7] by Jason Biggs.
|
||||
|
||||
### Raspberry Jam
|
||||
|
||||
Another way to get your kids into programming is by helping them interact with others at meetups. The Raspberry Pi Foundation sponsors events called [Raspberry Jams][8] around the world where kids and adults can join forces and learn together on the Raspberry Pi. If there isn't a Raspberry Jam in your area, the foundation has a [guidebook][9] and other resources to help you start one.
|
||||
|
||||
### Gaming
|
||||
|
||||
Last, but not least, there's a version of [Minecraft][10] for the Raspberry Pi. Minecraft has grown from a multi-player "digital Lego"-like game into a programming platform where anyone can use Python and other languages to build on Minecraft's virtual world. Check out [Getting Started with Minecraft Pi][11] and [Minecraft Hour of Code Tutorials][12].
|
||||
|
||||
What are your favorite resources for teaching kids to program with Raspberry Pi? Please share them in the comments.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/teach-kids-program-raspberry-pi
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Anderson Silva][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ansilva
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/how-buy-raspberry-pi
|
||||
[2]: https://opensource.com/article/19/2/how-boot-new-raspberry-pi
|
||||
[3]: https://opensource.com/article/19/3/learn-linux-raspberry-pi
|
||||
[4]: https://scratch.mit.edu/
|
||||
[5]: https://opensource.com/article/17/3/logo-scratch-teach-programming-kids
|
||||
[6]: https://code.org/
|
||||
[7]: https://www.amazon.com/Python-Kids-Playful-Introduction-Programming/dp/1593274076
|
||||
[8]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/jam/#map-section
|
||||
[9]: https://static.raspberrypi.org/files/jam/Raspberry-Jam-Guidebook-2017-04-26.pdf
|
||||
[10]: https://minecraft.net/en-us/edition/pi/
|
||||
[11]: https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/getting-started-with-minecraft-pi
|
||||
[12]: https://code.org/minecraft
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: ( )
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Running the ‘Real Debian’ on Raspberry Pi 3+ [For DIY Enthusiasts])
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/debian-raspberry-pi)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Shirish https://itsfoss.com/author/shirish/)
|
||||
|
||||
Running the ‘Real Debian’ on Raspberry Pi 3+ [For DIY Enthusiasts]
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
If you have ever used a Raspberry Pi device, you probably already know that it recommends a Linux distribution called [Raspbian][1].
|
||||
|
||||
Raspbian is a heavily customized form of Debian to run on low-powered ARM processors. It’s not bad. In fact, it’s an excellent OS for Raspberry Pi devices but it’s not the real Debian.
|
||||
|
||||
[Debian purists like me][2] would prefer to run the actual Debian over the Raspberry Pi’s customized Debian version. I trust Debian more than any other distribution to provide me a vast amount of properly vetted free software packages. Moreover, a project like this would help other ARM devices as well.
|
||||
|
||||
Above all, running the official Debian on Raspberry Pi is sort of challenge and I like such challenges.
|
||||
|
||||
![Real Debian on Raspberry Pi][3]
|
||||
|
||||
I am not the only one who thinks like this. There are many other Debian users who share the same feeling and this is why there exists an ongoing project to create a [Debian image for Raspberry Pi][4].
|
||||
|
||||
About two and a half months back, a Debian Developer (DD) named [Gunnar Wolf][5] took over that unofficial Raspberry Pi image generation project.
|
||||
|
||||
I’ll be quickly showing you how can you install this Raspberry Pi Debian Buster preview image on your Raspberry Pi 3 (or higher) devices.
|
||||
|
||||
### Getting Debian on Raspberry Pi [For Experts]
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Warning
|
||||
|
||||
Be aware this Debian image is very raw and unsupported at the moment. Though it’s very new, I believe experienced Raspberry Pi and Debian users should be able to use it.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Now as far as [Debian][6] is concerned, here is the Debian image and instructions that you could use to put the Debian stock image on your Raspberry pi 3 Model B+.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Step 1: Download the Debian Raspberry Pi Buster image
|
||||
|
||||
You can download the preview images using wget command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
wget https://people.debian.org/~gwolf/raspberrypi3/20190206/20190206-raspberry-pi-3-buster-PREVIEW.img.xz
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
#### Step 2: Verify checksum (optional)
|
||||
|
||||
It’s optional but you should [verify the checksum][7]. You can do that by downloading the SHA256 hashfile and then comparing it with that of the downloaded Raspberry Pi Debian image.
|
||||
|
||||
At my end I had moved both the .sha256 file as img.xz to a directory to make it easier to check although it’s not necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
wget https://people.debian.org/~gwolf/raspberrypi3/20190206/20190206-raspberry-pi-3-buster-PREVIEW.img.xz.sha256
|
||||
|
||||
sha256sum -c 20190206-raspberry-pi-3-buster-PREVIEW.img.xz.sha256
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
#### Step 3: Write the image to your SD card
|
||||
|
||||
Once you have verified the image, take a look at it. It is around 400MB in the compressed xzip format. You can extract it to get an image of around 1.5GB in size.
|
||||
|
||||
Insert your SD card. **Before you carry on to the next command please change the sdX to a suitable name that corresponds to your SD card.**
|
||||
|
||||
The command basically extracts the img.xz archive to the SD card. The progress switch/flag enables you to see a progress line with a number as to know how much the archive has extracted.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
xzcat 20190206-raspberry-pi-3-buster-PREVIEW.img.xz | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=64k oflag=dsync status=progress$ xzcat 20190206-raspberry-pi-3-buster-PREVIEW.img.xz | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=64k oflag=dsync status=progress
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Once you have successfully flashed your SD card, you should be able test if the installation went ok by sshing into your Raspberry Pi. The default root password is raspberry.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
ssh root@rpi3
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you are curious to know how the Raspberry Pi image was built, you can look at the [build scripts][8].
|
||||
|
||||
You can find more info on the project homepage.
|
||||
|
||||
[DEBIAN RASPBERRY PI IMAGE][15]
|
||||
|
||||
### How to contribute to the Raspberry Pi Buster effort
|
||||
|
||||
There is a mailing list called [debian-arm][9] where people could contribute their efforts and ask questions. As you can see in the list, there is already a new firmware which was released [few days back][10] which might make booting directly a reality instead of the workaround shared above.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want you could make a new image using the raspi3-image-spec shared above or wait for Gunnar to make a new image which might take time.
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the maintainers also hang out at #vmdb2 at #OFTC. You can either use your IRC client or [Riot client][11], register your name at Nickserv and connect with either Gunnar Wolf, Roman Perier or/and Lars Wirzenius, author of [vmdb2][12]. I might do a follow-up on vmdb2 as it’s a nice little tool by itself.
|
||||
|
||||
### The Road Ahead
|
||||
|
||||
If there are enough interest and contributors, for instance, the lowest-hanging fruit would be to make sure that the ARM64 port [wiki page][13] is as current as possible. The benefits are and can be enormous.
|
||||
|
||||
There are a huge number of projects which could benefit from either having a [Pi farm][14] to making your media server or a SiP phone or whatever you want to play/work with.
|
||||
|
||||
Another low-hanging fruit might be synchronization between devices, say an ARM cluster sharing reports to either a Debian desktop by way of notification or on mobile or both ways.
|
||||
|
||||
While I have shared about Raspberry Pi, there are loads of single-board computers on the market already and lot more coming, both from MIPS as well as OpenRISC-V so there is going to plenty of competition in the days ahead.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, OpenRISC-V is and would be open-sourcing lot of its IP so non-free firmware or binary blobs would not be needed. Even MIPS is rumored to be more open which may challenge ARM if MIPS and OpenRISC-V are able to get their logistics and pricing right, but that is a story for another day.
|
||||
|
||||
There are many more vendors, I am just sharing the ones whom I am most interested to see what they come up with.
|
||||
|
||||
I hope the above sheds some light why it makes sense to have Debian on the Raspberry Pi.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://itsfoss.com/debian-raspberry-pi
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Shirish][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/shirish/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/downloads/raspbian/
|
||||
[2]: https://itsfoss.com/reasons-why-i-love-debian/
|
||||
[3]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/debian-raspberry-pi.png?resize=800%2C450&ssl=1
|
||||
[4]: https://wiki.debian.org/RaspberryPi3
|
||||
[5]: https://gwolf.org/node/4139
|
||||
[6]: https://www.debian.org/
|
||||
[7]: https://itsfoss.com/checksum-tools-guide-linux/
|
||||
[8]: https://github.com/Debian/raspi3-image-spec
|
||||
[9]: https://lists.debian.org/debian-arm/2019/02/threads.html
|
||||
[10]: https://alioth-lists.debian.net/pipermail/pkg-raspi-maintainers/Week-of-Mon-20190225/000310.html
|
||||
[11]: https://itsfoss.com/riot-desktop/
|
||||
[12]: https://liw.fi/vmdb2/
|
||||
[13]: https://wiki.debian.org/Arm64Port
|
||||
[14]: https://raspi.farm/
|
||||
[15]: https://wiki.debian.org/RaspberryPi3
|
||||
@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (leommxj)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How ASLR protects Linux systems from buffer overflow attacks)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.networkworld.com/article/3331199/linux/what-does-aslr-do-for-linux.html)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Sandra Henry-Stocker https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/)
|
||||
|
||||
ASLR是如何保护Linux系统免受缓冲区溢出攻击的
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
地址空间随机化( ASLR )是一种操作系统用来抵御缓冲区溢出攻击的内存保护机制。这种技术使得系统上运行的进程的内存地址无法预测，使得与这些进程有关的漏洞变得更加难以利用。
|
||||
|
||||
ASLR目前在 Linux ， Windows 以及 MacOS 系统上都有使用。其最早出现在 2005 的Linux系统上。2007 年，这项技术被 Windows 和 MacOS 部署使用。尽管 ASLR 在各个系统上都提供相同的功能，却有着不同的实现。
|
||||
|
||||
ASLR的有效性依赖于整个地址空间布局对于攻击者保持未知。此外，只有编译时作为位置无关可执行文件(PIE)的程序才能得到ASLR最大的保护，因为只有这样，可执行文件的所有代码节区才会被加载在随机地址。PIE 代码不管绝对地址是多少都可以正确执行。
|
||||
|
||||
**[ 参见:[用于排除Linux故障的宝贵提示和技巧][1] ]**
|
||||
|
||||
### ASLR 的局限性
|
||||
|
||||
尽管 ASLR 使得对系统漏洞的利用更加困难了，但其保护系统的能力是有限的。理解关于 ASLR 的以下几点是很重要的：
|
||||
|
||||
* 不能解决漏洞，而是增加利用漏洞的难度
|
||||
* 并不追踪或报告漏洞
|
||||
* 不能对编译时没有开启 ASLR 支持的二进制文件提供保护
|
||||
* 不能避免被绕过
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### ASLR 是如何工作的
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ASLR通过对攻击者在进行缓冲区溢出攻击时所要用到的内存布局中的偏移做随机化来加大攻击成功的难度，从而增强了系统的控制流完整性。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
通常认为 ASLR 在64位系统上效果更好，因为64位系统提供了更大的熵(可随机的地址范围)。
|
||||
|
||||
### ASLR 是否正在你的 Linux 系统上运行？
|
||||
|
||||
下面展示的两条命令都可以告诉你你的系统是否启用了 ASLR 功能
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ cat /proc/sys/kernel/randomize_va_space
|
||||
2
|
||||
$ sysctl -a --pattern randomize
|
||||
kernel.randomize_va_space = 2
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
上方指令结果中的数值 (2) 表示 ASLR 工作在全随机化模式。其可能为下面的几个数值之一：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
0 = Disabled
|
||||
1 = Conservative Randomization
|
||||
2 = Full Randomization
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
如果你关闭了 ASLR 并且执行下面的指令，你将会注意到前后两条**ldd**的输出是完全一样的。**ldd**命令会加载共享对象并显示他们在内存中的地址。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=0 <== disable
|
||||
[sudo] password for shs:
|
||||
kernel.randomize_va_space = 0
|
||||
$ ldd /bin/bash
|
||||
linux-vdso.so.1 (0x00007ffff7fd1000) <== same addresses
|
||||
libtinfo.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libtinfo.so.6 (0x00007ffff7c69000)
|
||||
libdl.so.2 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libdl.so.2 (0x00007ffff7c63000)
|
||||
libc.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6 (0x00007ffff7a79000)
|
||||
/lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 (0x00007ffff7fd3000)
|
||||
$ ldd /bin/bash
|
||||
linux-vdso.so.1 (0x00007ffff7fd1000) <== same addresses
|
||||
libtinfo.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libtinfo.so.6 (0x00007ffff7c69000)
|
||||
libdl.so.2 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libdl.so.2 (0x00007ffff7c63000)
|
||||
libc.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6 (0x00007ffff7a79000)
|
||||
/lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 (0x00007ffff7fd3000)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
如果将其重新设置为**2**来启用 ASLR，你将会看到每次运行**ldd**，得到的内存地址都不相同。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=2 <== enable
|
||||
[sudo] password for shs:
|
||||
kernel.randomize_va_space = 2
|
||||
$ ldd /bin/bash
|
||||
linux-vdso.so.1 (0x00007fff47d0e000) <== first set of addresses
|
||||
libtinfo.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libtinfo.so.6 (0x00007f1cb7ce0000)
|
||||
libdl.so.2 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libdl.so.2 (0x00007f1cb7cda000)
|
||||
libc.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6 (0x00007f1cb7af0000)
|
||||
/lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 (0x00007f1cb8045000)
|
||||
$ ldd /bin/bash
|
||||
linux-vdso.so.1 (0x00007ffe1cbd7000) <== second set of addresses
|
||||
libtinfo.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libtinfo.so.6 (0x00007fed59742000)
|
||||
libdl.so.2 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libdl.so.2 (0x00007fed5973c000)
|
||||
libc.so.6 => /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libc.so.6 (0x00007fed59552000)
|
||||
/lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 (0x00007fed59aa7000)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 尝试绕过 ASLR
|
||||
|
||||
尽管这项技术有很多优点，绕过ASLR的攻击并不罕见，主要有以下几类：
|
||||
|
||||
* 利用地址泄露
|
||||
* 访问与特定地址关联的数据
|
||||
* 针对ASLR 实现的缺陷来猜测地址，常见于系统熵过低或 ASLR 实现不完善。
|
||||
* 利用侧信道攻击
|
||||
|
||||
### 总结
|
||||
|
||||
ASLR 有很大的价值，尤其是在64位系统上运行并被正确实现时。虽然不能避免被绕过，但这项技术的确使得利用系统漏洞变得更加困难了。这份参考资料可以提供更多有关细节 [on the Effectiveness of Full-ASLR on 64-bit Linux][2] ，这篇论文介绍了一种利用分支预测绕过ASLR的技术 [bypass ASLR][3]。
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3331199/linux/what-does-aslr-do-for-linux.html
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[leommxj](https://github.com/leommxj)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3242170/linux/invaluable-tips-and-tricks-for-troubleshooting-linux.html
|
||||
[2]: https://cybersecurity.upv.es/attacks/offset2lib/offset2lib-paper.pdf
|
||||
[3]: http://www.cs.ucr.edu/~nael/pubs/micro16.pdf
|
||||
[4]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (geekpi)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (Akira: The Linux Design Tool We’ve Always Wanted?)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://itsfoss.com/akira-design-tool)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Ankush Das https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/)
|
||||
|
||||
Akira：我们一直想要的 Linux 设计工具？
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
先说一下，我不是一个专业的设计师 - 但我在 Windows 上使用了某些工具（如 Photoshop、Illustrator 等）和 [Figma] [1]（这是一个基于浏览器的界面设计工具）。我相信 Mac 和 Windows 上还有更多的设计工具。
|
||||
|
||||
即使在 Linux 上，也只有有限的专用[图形设计工具][2]。其中一些工具如 [GIMP][3] 和 [Inkscape][4] 也被专业人士使用。但不幸的是，它们中的大多数都不被视为专业级。
|
||||
|
||||
即使有更多解决方案 - 我也从未遇到过可以取代 [Sketch][5]、Figma 或 Adobe XD 的原生 Linux 应用。任何专业设计师都同意这点，不是吗？
|
||||
|
||||
### Akira 是否会在 Linux 上取代 Sketch、Figma 和 Adobe XD？
|
||||
|
||||
所以，为了开发一些能够取代那些专有工具的应用 - [Alessandro Castellani][6] 发起了一个 [Kickstarter 活动][7]，并与几位经验丰富的开发人员 [Alberto Fanjul][8]、[Bilal Elmoussaoui][9] 和 [Felipe Escoto][10] 组队合作。
|
||||
|
||||
是的，Akira 仍然只是一个想法，只有一个界面原型（正如我最近在 Kickstarter 的[直播流][11]中看到的那样）。
|
||||
|
||||
### 如果它还没有，为什么会发起 Kickstarter 活动？
|
||||
|
||||
![][12]
|
||||
|
||||
Kickstarter 活动的目的是收集资金，以便雇用开发人员，并花几个月的时间开发，以使 Akira 成为可能。
|
||||
|
||||
尽管如此，如果你想支持这个项目，你应该知道一些细节，对吧？
|
||||
|
||||
不用担心，我们在他们的直播中问了几个问题 - 让我们看下
|
||||
|
||||
### Akira：更多细节
|
||||
|
||||
![Akira prototype interface][13]
|
||||
图片来源：Kickstarter
|
||||
|
||||
如 Kickstarter 活动描述的那样：
|
||||
|
||||
> Akira 的主要目的是提供一个快速而直观的工具来**创建 Web 和移动界面**，更像是 **Sketch**、**Figma** 或 **Adobe XD**，并且是 Linux 原生体验。
|
||||
|
||||
他们还详细描述了该工具与 Inkscape、Glade 或 QML Editor 的不同之处。当然，如果你想要所有的技术细节，请查看 [Kickstarter][7]。但是，在此之前，让我们看一看当我询问有关 Akira 的一些问题时他们说了些什么。
|
||||
|
||||
问：如果你认为你的项目类似于 Figma - 人们为什么要考虑安装 Akira 而不是使用基于网络的工具？它是否只是这些工具的克隆 - 提供原生 Linux 体验，还是有一些非常有趣的东西可以鼓励用户切换（除了是开源解决方案之外）？
|
||||
|
||||
** Akira：** 与基于网络的 electron 应用相比，Linux 原生体验总是更好、更快。此外，如果你选择使用 Figma，硬件配置也很重要 - 但 Akira 将会占用很少的系统资源，并且你可以在不需要上网的情况下完成类似工作。
|
||||
|
||||
问：假设它成为了 Linux用户一直在等待的开源方案（拥有专有工具的类似功能）。你有什么维护计划？你是否计划引入定价 - 或依赖捐赠？
|
||||
|
||||
**Akira：**该项目主要依靠捐赠（类似于 [Krita 基金会][14] 这样的想法）。但是，不会有“专业版”计划 - 它将免费提供，它将是一个开源项目。
|
||||
|
||||
根据我得到的回答，它看起来似乎很有希望，我们应该支持。
|
||||
|
||||
### 总结
|
||||
|
||||
你怎么认为 Akira？它只是一个概念吗？或者你希望看到进展？
|
||||
|
||||
请在下面的评论中告诉我们你的想法。
|
||||
|
||||
![][15]
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://itsfoss.com/akira-design-tool
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Ankush Das][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.figma.com/
|
||||
[2]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-graphic-design-software/
|
||||
[3]: https://itsfoss.com/gimp-2-10-release/
|
||||
[4]: https://inkscape.org/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.sketchapp.com/
|
||||
[6]: https://github.com/Alecaddd
|
||||
[7]: https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/alecaddd/akira-the-linux-design-tool/description
|
||||
[8]: https://github.com/albfan
|
||||
[9]: https://github.com/bilelmoussaoui
|
||||
[10]: https://github.com/Philip-Scott
|
||||
[11]: https://live.kickstarter.com/alessandro-castellani/live-stream/the-current-state-of-akira
|
||||
[12]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/akira-design-tool-kickstarter.jpg?resize=800%2C451&ssl=1
|
||||
[13]: https://i2.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/akira-mockup.png?ssl=1
|
||||
[14]: https://krita.org/en/about/krita-foundation/
|
||||
[15]: https://i0.wp.com/itsfoss.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/akira-design-tool-kickstarter.jpg?fit=812%2C458&ssl=1
|
||||
@ -1,225 +0,0 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (An-DJ)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (How To Check CPU, Memory And Swap Utilization Percentage In Linux?)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-check-cpu-memory-swap-utilization-percentage/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (Vinoth Kumar https://www.2daygeek.com/author/vinoth/)
|
||||
|
||||
如何查看Linux下CPU，内存和Swap（交换分区）的占用率？
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
在Linux下有很多可用的命令和选项来查看内存占用情况，但是我并没有看见关于内存利用率的更多的信息。
|
||||
|
||||
在大多数情况下我们只单独查看内存使用情况，并没有考虑占用的百分比究竟是多少。
|
||||
|
||||
如果你想要了解这些信息，那你看这篇文章就对了。
|
||||
|
||||
我们将会详细地在这里帮助你解决这个问题。
|
||||
|
||||
这篇教程将会帮助你在面对Linux服务器下频繁内存高占用情况时，确定内存使用情况。
|
||||
|
||||
但是在同时，如果你使用的是`free -m`或者`free -g`，占用情况描述地并不是十分清楚。
|
||||
|
||||
这些格式化命令属于Linux高级命令。它将会对Linux专家和中等水平Linux使用者非常有用。
|
||||
|
||||
### 方法-1：如何查看Linux下内存占用率？
|
||||
|
||||
我们可以使用下面命令的组合来达到此目的。在该方法中，我们使用的是`free`和`awk`命令的组合来获取内存占用率。
|
||||
|
||||
如果你正在寻找其他有关于内存的文章，你可以导航到如下链接。这些文章有 **[free命令][1]** , **[smem命令][2]** , **[ps_mem命令][3]** , **[vmstat命令][4]** 及 **[多种方式来查看物理内存大小][5]**.
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取不包含百分比符号的`内存`占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'NR == 2 {print "Current Memory Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
或
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'FNR == 2 {print "Current Memory Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
|
||||
Current Memory Utilization is : 20.4194
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取不包含百分比符号的`Swap（交换分区）`占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'NR == 3 {print "Current Swap Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
或
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'FNR == 3 {print "Current Swap Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
|
||||
Current Swap Utilization is : 0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取包含百分比符号及保留两位小数的`内存`占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'NR == 2 {printf("Current Memory Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
或
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'FNR == 2 {printf("Current Memory Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
|
||||
Current Memory Utilization is : 20.42%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取包含百分比符号及保留两位小数的`Swap（交换分区）`占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'NR == 3 {printf("Current Swap Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
或
|
||||
$ free -t | awk 'FNR == 3 {printf("Current Swap Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
|
||||
Current Swap Utilization is : 0.00%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
如果你正在寻找有关于内存的其他文章，你可以导航至如下链接。这些链接有 **[使用LVM（逻辑盘卷管理，Logical Volume Manager）创建和扩展Swap交换分区][6]** , **[多种方式创建或扩展Swap交换分区][7]** 和 **[多种方式创建/删除和挂载交换分区文件][8]**。
|
||||
|
||||
键入free命令会更好地作出阐释：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free
|
||||
total used free shared buff/cache available
|
||||
Mem: 15867 3730 9868 1189 2269 10640
|
||||
Swap: 17454 0 17454
|
||||
Total: 33322 3730 27322
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
如下是一些细节：
|
||||
|
||||
* **`free:`** free是一个标准命令，用于在Linux下查看内存使用情况。
|
||||
* **`awk:`** awk是一个专门用来做文本数据处理的强大命令。
|
||||
* **`FNR == 2:`** 该命令给出了对于每一个输入文件的行数。其基本上用于挑选出给定的行(针对于这里，它选择的是行数为2的行)
|
||||
* **`NR == 2:`** 该命令给出了处理的行总数。其基本上用于过滤给出的行（针对于这里，它选择的是行数为2的行）
|
||||
* **`$3/$2*100:`** 该命令将列3除以列2并将结果乘以100。
|
||||
* **`printf:`** 该命令用于格式化和打印数据。
|
||||
* **`%.2f%:`** 默认情况下，其打印小数点后保留6位的浮点数。使用后跟的格式来约束小数位。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### 方法-2：如何查看Linux下内存占用率？
|
||||
|
||||
我们可以使用下面命令的组合来达到此目的。在这种方法中，我们使用`free`,`grep`和`awk`命令的组合来获取内存占用率。
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取不包含百分比符号的`内存`占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | grep Mem | awk '{print "Current Memory Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
Current Memory Utilization is : 20.4228
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取不包含百分比符号的`Swap（交换分区）`占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | grep Swap | awk '{print "Current Swap Utilization is : " $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
Current Swap Utilization is : 0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取包含百分比符号及保留两位小数的`内存`占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | grep Mem | awk '{printf("Current Memory Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
Current Memory Utilization is : 20.43%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取包含百分比符号及保留两位小数的`Swap（交换空间）`占用率：
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ free -t | grep Swap | awk '{printf("Current Swap Utilization is : %.2f%"), $3/$2*100}'
|
||||
Current Swap Utilization is : 0.00%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 方法-1：如何查看Linux下CPU的占用率？
|
||||
|
||||
我们可以使用如下命令的组合来达到此目的。在这种方法中，我们使用`top`,`print`和`awk`命令的组合来获取CPU的占用率。
|
||||
|
||||
如果你正在寻找其他有关于CPU（译者勘误，原文为memory)的文章，你可以导航至如下链接。这些文章有 **[top命令][9]** , **[htop命令][10]** , **[atop命令][11]** 及 **[Glances命令][12]**.
|
||||
|
||||
如果在输出中展示的是多个CPU的情况，那么你需要使用下面的方法。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu
|
||||
%Cpu0 : 5.3 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 94.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu1 : 0.0 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni,100.0 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu2 : 0.0 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 94.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 5.3 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu3 : 5.3 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 94.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu4 : 10.5 us, 15.8 sy, 0.0 ni, 73.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu5 : 0.0 us, 5.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 95.0 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu6 : 5.3 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 94.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
%Cpu7 : 5.3 us, 0.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 94.7 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取不包含百分比符号的`CPU`占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu | awk '{cpu+=$9}END{print "Current CPU Utilization is : " 100-cpu/NR}'
|
||||
Current CPU Utilization is : 21.05
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取包含百分比符号及保留2位小数的`CPU`占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu | awk '{cpu+=$9}END{printf("Current CPU Utilization is : %.2f%"), 100-cpu/NR}'
|
||||
Current CPU Utilization is : 14.81%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 方法-2：如何查看Linux下CPU的占用率？
|
||||
|
||||
我们可以使用如下命令的组合来达到此目的。在这种方法中，我们使用的是`top`,`print/printf`和`awk`命令的组合来获取CPU的占用率。
|
||||
|
||||
如果在单个输出中一起展示了所有的CPU的情况，那么你需要使用下面的方法。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu
|
||||
%Cpu(s): 15.3 us, 7.2 sy, 0.8 ni, 69.0 id, 6.7 wa, 0.0 hi, 1.0 si, 0.0 st
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取不包含百分比符号的`CPU`占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu | awk '{print "Current CPU Utilization is : " 100-$8}'
|
||||
Current CPU Utilization is : 5.6
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
对于获取包含百分比符号及保留2位小数的`CPU`占用率：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ top -b -n1 | grep ^%Cpu | awk '{printf("Current CPU Utilization is : %.2f%"), 100-$8}'
|
||||
Current CPU Utilization is : 5.40%
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
如下是一些细节：
|
||||
|
||||
* **`top:`** top命令是一种用于查看当前Linux系统下正在运行的进程的非常好的命令。
|
||||
* **`-b:`** -b选项，允许top命令切换至批处理的模式。当你从本地系统运行top命令至远程系统时，它将会非常有用。
|
||||
* **`-n1:`** 迭代次数
|
||||
* **`^%Cpu:`** 过滤以%CPU开头的行。
|
||||
* **`awk:`** awk是一种专门用来做文本数据处理的强大命令。
|
||||
* **`cpu+=$9:`** 对于每一行，将第9列添加至变量‘cpu'。
|
||||
* **`printf:`** 该命令用于格式化和打印数据。
|
||||
* **`%.2f%:`** 默认情况下，它打印小数点后保留6位的浮点数。使用后跟的格式来限制小数位数。
|
||||
* **`100-cpu/NR:`** 最终打印出’CPU平均占用‘，即用100减去其并除以行数。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-check-cpu-memory-swap-utilization-percentage/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[Vinoth Kumar][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[An-DJ](https://github.com/An-DJ)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/vinoth/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/free-command-to-check-memory-usage-statistics-in-linux/
|
||||
[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/smem-linux-memory-usage-statistics-reporting-tool/
|
||||
[3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/ps_mem-report-core-memory-usage-accurately-in-linux/
|
||||
[4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-vmstat-command-examples-tool-report-virtual-memory-statistics/
|
||||
[5]: https://www.2daygeek.com/easy-ways-to-check-size-of-physical-memory-ram-in-linux/
|
||||
[6]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-create-extend-swap-partition-in-linux-using-lvm/
|
||||
[7]: https://www.2daygeek.com/add-extend-increase-swap-space-memory-file-partition-linux/
|
||||
[8]: https://www.2daygeek.com/shell-script-create-add-extend-swap-space-linux/
|
||||
[9]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-top-command-linux-system-performance-monitoring-tool/
|
||||
[10]: https://www.2daygeek.com/linux-htop-command-linux-system-performance-resource-monitoring-tool/
|
||||
[11]: https://www.2daygeek.com/atop-system-process-performance-monitoring-tool/
|
||||
[12]: https://www.2daygeek.com/install-glances-advanced-real-time-linux-system-performance-monitoring-tool-on-centos-fedora-ubuntu-debian-opensuse-arch-linux/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
|
||||
[#]: collector: (lujun9972)
|
||||
[#]: translator: (geekpi)
|
||||
[#]: reviewer: ( )
|
||||
[#]: publisher: ( )
|
||||
[#]: url: ( )
|
||||
[#]: subject: (An Automated Way To Install Essential Applications On Ubuntu)
|
||||
[#]: via: (https://www.ostechnix.com/an-automated-way-to-install-essential-applications-on-ubuntu/)
|
||||
[#]: author: (SK https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/)
|
||||
|
||||
在 Ubuntu 上自动化安装基本应用的方法
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
默认的 Ubuntu 安装并未预先安装所有必需的应用。你可能需要在网上花几个小时或者向其他 Linux 用户寻求帮助寻找和安装 Ubuntu 所需的应用。如果你是新手，那么你肯定需要花更多的时间来学习如何从命令行（使用 apt-get 或 dpkg）或从 Ubuntu 软件中心搜索和安装应用。一些用户，特别是新手，可能希望轻松快速地安装他们喜欢的每个应用。如果你是其中之一，不用担心。在本指南中，我们将了解如何使用名为 **“Alfred”** 的简单命令行程序在 Ubuntu 上安装基本应用。
|
||||
|
||||
Alfred是用 **Python** 语言编写的免费开源脚本。它使用 **Zenity** 创建了一个简单的图形界面，用户只需点击几下鼠标即可轻松选择和安装他们选择的应用。你不必花费数小时来搜索所有必要的应用程序、PPA、deb、AppImage、snap 或 flatpak。Alfred 将所有常见的应用、工具和小程序集中在一起，并自动安装所选的应用。如果你是最近从 Windows 迁移到 Ubuntu Linux 的新手，Alfred 会帮助你在新安装的 Ubuntu 系统上进行无人值守的软件安装，而无需太多用户干预。请注意，还有一个名称相似的 Mac OS 应用，但两者有不同的用途。
|
||||
|
||||
### 在 Ubuntu 上安装 Alfred
|
||||
|
||||
Alfred 安装很简单！只需下载脚本并启动它。就这么简单。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ wget https://raw.githubusercontent.com/derkomai/alfred/master/alfred.py
|
||||
|
||||
$ python3 alfred.py
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
或者，使用 wget 下载脚本，如上所示，只需将 **alfred.py** 移动到 $PATH 中：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo cp alfred.py /usr/local/bin/alfred
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
使其可执行：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/alfred
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
并使用命令启动它：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ alfred
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 使用 Alfred 脚本轻松快速地在 Ubuntu 上安装基本应用程序
|
||||
|
||||
按照上面所说启动 Alfred 脚本。这就是 Alfred 默认界面的样子。
|
||||
|
||||
![][2]
|
||||
|
||||
如你所见，Alfred 列出了许多最常用的应用类型，例如：
|
||||
|
||||
* 网络浏览器，
|
||||
* 邮件客户端，
|
||||
* 短消息，
|
||||
* 云存储客户端，
|
||||
* 硬件驱动程序，
|
||||
* 编解码器，
|
||||
* 开发者工具，
|
||||
* Android，
|
||||
* 文本编辑器，
|
||||
* Git，
|
||||
* 内核更新工具，
|
||||
* 音频/视频播放器，
|
||||
* 截图工具，
|
||||
* 录屏工具，
|
||||
* 视频编码器，
|
||||
* 流媒体应用，
|
||||
* 3D建模和动画工具，
|
||||
* 图像查看器和编辑器，
|
||||
* CAD 软件，
|
||||
* Pdf 工具，
|
||||
* 游戏模拟器，
|
||||
* 磁盘管理工具，
|
||||
* 加密工具，
|
||||
* 密码管理器，
|
||||
* 存档工具，
|
||||
* Ftp 软件，
|
||||
* 系统资源监视器，
|
||||
* 应用启动器等。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
你可以选择任何一个或多个应用并立即安装它们。在这里，我将安装 “Developer bundle”，因此我选择它并单击 OK 按钮。
|
||||
|
||||
![][3]
|
||||
|
||||
现在，Alfred 脚本将自动你的 Ubuntu 系统上添加必要仓库、PPA 并开始安装所选的应用。
|
||||
|
||||
![][4]
|
||||
|
||||
安装完成后，不将看到以下消息。
|
||||
|
||||
![][5]
|
||||
|
||||
恭喜你！已安装选定的软件包。
|
||||
|
||||
你可以使用以下命令[**在 Ubuntu 上查看最近安装的应用**][6]：
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ grep " install " /var/log/dpkg.log
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
你可能需要重启系统才能使用某些已安装的应用。类似地，你可以方便地安装列表中的任何程序。
|
||||
|
||||
提示一下，还有一个由不同的开发人员编写的类似脚本，名为 **post_install.sh**。它与 Alfred 完全相同，但提供了一些不同的应用。请查看以下链接获取更多详细信息。
|
||||
|
||||
这两个脚本能让懒惰的用户，特别是新手，只需点击几下鼠标就能够轻松快速地安装他们想要在 Ubuntu Linux 中使用的大多数常见应用、工具、更新、小程序，而无需依赖官方或者非官方文档的帮助。
|
||||
|
||||
就是这些了。希望这篇文章有用。还有更多好东西。敬请期待！
|
||||
|
||||
干杯！
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
via: https://www.ostechnix.com/an-automated-way-to-install-essential-applications-on-ubuntu/
|
||||
|
||||
作者：[SK][a]
|
||||
选题：[lujun9972][b]
|
||||
译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi)
|
||||
校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID)
|
||||
|
||||
本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出
|
||||
|
||||
[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/
|
||||
[b]: https://github.com/lujun9972
|
||||
[1]: data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7
|
||||
[2]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/alfred-1.png
|
||||
[3]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/alfred-2.png
|
||||
[4]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/alfred-4.png
|
||||
[5]: http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/alfred-5-1.png
|
||||
[6]: https://www.ostechnix.com/list-installed-packages-sorted-installation-date-linux/
|
||||
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user